File: | build/source/llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp |
Warning: | line 1875, column 25 Use of memory allocated with size zero |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===-- APInt.cpp - Implement APInt class ---------------------------------===// | ||||||||||||
2 | // | ||||||||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||||||
6 | // | ||||||||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||||||
8 | // | ||||||||||||
9 | // This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integer | ||||||||||||
10 | // constant values and provide a variety of arithmetic operations on them. | ||||||||||||
11 | // | ||||||||||||
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||||||
13 | |||||||||||||
14 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" | ||||||||||||
15 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | ||||||||||||
16 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" | ||||||||||||
17 | #include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h" | ||||||||||||
18 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||||||||
19 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" | ||||||||||||
20 | #include "llvm/ADT/bit.h" | ||||||||||||
21 | #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h" | ||||||||||||
22 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" | ||||||||||||
23 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | ||||||||||||
24 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | ||||||||||||
25 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" | ||||||||||||
26 | #include <cmath> | ||||||||||||
27 | #include <optional> | ||||||||||||
28 | |||||||||||||
29 | using namespace llvm; | ||||||||||||
30 | |||||||||||||
31 | #define DEBUG_TYPE"apint" "apint" | ||||||||||||
32 | |||||||||||||
33 | /// A utility function for allocating memory, checking for allocation failures, | ||||||||||||
34 | /// and ensuring the contents are zeroed. | ||||||||||||
35 | inline static uint64_t* getClearedMemory(unsigned numWords) { | ||||||||||||
36 | uint64_t *result = new uint64_t[numWords]; | ||||||||||||
37 | memset(result, 0, numWords * sizeof(uint64_t)); | ||||||||||||
38 | return result; | ||||||||||||
39 | } | ||||||||||||
40 | |||||||||||||
41 | /// A utility function for allocating memory and checking for allocation | ||||||||||||
42 | /// failure. The content is not zeroed. | ||||||||||||
43 | inline static uint64_t* getMemory(unsigned numWords) { | ||||||||||||
44 | return new uint64_t[numWords]; | ||||||||||||
45 | } | ||||||||||||
46 | |||||||||||||
47 | /// A utility function that converts a character to a digit. | ||||||||||||
48 | inline static unsigned getDigit(char cdigit, uint8_t radix) { | ||||||||||||
49 | unsigned r; | ||||||||||||
50 | |||||||||||||
51 | if (radix == 16 || radix == 36) { | ||||||||||||
52 | r = cdigit - '0'; | ||||||||||||
53 | if (r <= 9) | ||||||||||||
54 | return r; | ||||||||||||
55 | |||||||||||||
56 | r = cdigit - 'A'; | ||||||||||||
57 | if (r <= radix - 11U) | ||||||||||||
58 | return r + 10; | ||||||||||||
59 | |||||||||||||
60 | r = cdigit - 'a'; | ||||||||||||
61 | if (r <= radix - 11U) | ||||||||||||
62 | return r + 10; | ||||||||||||
63 | |||||||||||||
64 | radix = 10; | ||||||||||||
65 | } | ||||||||||||
66 | |||||||||||||
67 | r = cdigit - '0'; | ||||||||||||
68 | if (r < radix) | ||||||||||||
69 | return r; | ||||||||||||
70 | |||||||||||||
71 | return UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U); | ||||||||||||
72 | } | ||||||||||||
73 | |||||||||||||
74 | |||||||||||||
75 | void APInt::initSlowCase(uint64_t val, bool isSigned) { | ||||||||||||
76 | U.pVal = getClearedMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
77 | U.pVal[0] = val; | ||||||||||||
78 | if (isSigned && int64_t(val) < 0) | ||||||||||||
79 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < getNumWords(); ++i) | ||||||||||||
80 | U.pVal[i] = WORDTYPE_MAX; | ||||||||||||
81 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
82 | } | ||||||||||||
83 | |||||||||||||
84 | void APInt::initSlowCase(const APInt& that) { | ||||||||||||
85 | U.pVal = getMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
86 | memcpy(U.pVal, that.U.pVal, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
87 | } | ||||||||||||
88 | |||||||||||||
89 | void APInt::initFromArray(ArrayRef<uint64_t> bigVal) { | ||||||||||||
90 | assert(bigVal.data() && "Null pointer detected!")(static_cast <bool> (bigVal.data() && "Null pointer detected!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("bigVal.data() && \"Null pointer detected!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 90, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
91 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
92 | U.VAL = bigVal[0]; | ||||||||||||
93 | else { | ||||||||||||
94 | // Get memory, cleared to 0 | ||||||||||||
95 | U.pVal = getClearedMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
96 | // Calculate the number of words to copy | ||||||||||||
97 | unsigned words = std::min<unsigned>(bigVal.size(), getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
98 | // Copy the words from bigVal to pVal | ||||||||||||
99 | memcpy(U.pVal, bigVal.data(), words * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
100 | } | ||||||||||||
101 | // Make sure unused high bits are cleared | ||||||||||||
102 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
103 | } | ||||||||||||
104 | |||||||||||||
105 | APInt::APInt(unsigned numBits, ArrayRef<uint64_t> bigVal) : BitWidth(numBits) { | ||||||||||||
106 | initFromArray(bigVal); | ||||||||||||
107 | } | ||||||||||||
108 | |||||||||||||
109 | APInt::APInt(unsigned numBits, unsigned numWords, const uint64_t bigVal[]) | ||||||||||||
110 | : BitWidth(numBits) { | ||||||||||||
111 | initFromArray(ArrayRef(bigVal, numWords)); | ||||||||||||
112 | } | ||||||||||||
113 | |||||||||||||
114 | APInt::APInt(unsigned numbits, StringRef Str, uint8_t radix) | ||||||||||||
115 | : BitWidth(numbits) { | ||||||||||||
116 | fromString(numbits, Str, radix); | ||||||||||||
117 | } | ||||||||||||
118 | |||||||||||||
119 | void APInt::reallocate(unsigned NewBitWidth) { | ||||||||||||
120 | // If the number of words is the same we can just change the width and stop. | ||||||||||||
121 | if (getNumWords() == getNumWords(NewBitWidth)) { | ||||||||||||
122 | BitWidth = NewBitWidth; | ||||||||||||
123 | return; | ||||||||||||
124 | } | ||||||||||||
125 | |||||||||||||
126 | // If we have an allocation, delete it. | ||||||||||||
127 | if (!isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
128 | delete [] U.pVal; | ||||||||||||
129 | |||||||||||||
130 | // Update BitWidth. | ||||||||||||
131 | BitWidth = NewBitWidth; | ||||||||||||
132 | |||||||||||||
133 | // If we are supposed to have an allocation, create it. | ||||||||||||
134 | if (!isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
135 | U.pVal = getMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
136 | } | ||||||||||||
137 | |||||||||||||
138 | void APInt::assignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||||||||||
139 | // Don't do anything for X = X | ||||||||||||
140 | if (this == &RHS) | ||||||||||||
141 | return; | ||||||||||||
142 | |||||||||||||
143 | // Adjust the bit width and handle allocations as necessary. | ||||||||||||
144 | reallocate(RHS.getBitWidth()); | ||||||||||||
145 | |||||||||||||
146 | // Copy the data. | ||||||||||||
147 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
148 | U.VAL = RHS.U.VAL; | ||||||||||||
149 | else | ||||||||||||
150 | memcpy(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
151 | } | ||||||||||||
152 | |||||||||||||
153 | /// This method 'profiles' an APInt for use with FoldingSet. | ||||||||||||
154 | void APInt::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID& ID) const { | ||||||||||||
155 | ID.AddInteger(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
156 | |||||||||||||
157 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
158 | ID.AddInteger(U.VAL); | ||||||||||||
159 | return; | ||||||||||||
160 | } | ||||||||||||
161 | |||||||||||||
162 | unsigned NumWords = getNumWords(); | ||||||||||||
163 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumWords; ++i) | ||||||||||||
164 | ID.AddInteger(U.pVal[i]); | ||||||||||||
165 | } | ||||||||||||
166 | |||||||||||||
167 | /// Prefix increment operator. Increments the APInt by one. | ||||||||||||
168 | APInt& APInt::operator++() { | ||||||||||||
169 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
170 | ++U.VAL; | ||||||||||||
171 | else | ||||||||||||
172 | tcIncrement(U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
173 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
174 | } | ||||||||||||
175 | |||||||||||||
176 | /// Prefix decrement operator. Decrements the APInt by one. | ||||||||||||
177 | APInt& APInt::operator--() { | ||||||||||||
178 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
179 | --U.VAL; | ||||||||||||
180 | else | ||||||||||||
181 | tcDecrement(U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
182 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
183 | } | ||||||||||||
184 | |||||||||||||
185 | /// Adds the RHS APInt to this APInt. | ||||||||||||
186 | /// @returns this, after addition of RHS. | ||||||||||||
187 | /// Addition assignment operator. | ||||||||||||
188 | APInt& APInt::operator+=(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||||||||||
189 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 189, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
190 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
191 | U.VAL += RHS.U.VAL; | ||||||||||||
192 | else | ||||||||||||
193 | tcAdd(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, 0, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
194 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
195 | } | ||||||||||||
196 | |||||||||||||
197 | APInt& APInt::operator+=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||||||||||
198 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
199 | U.VAL += RHS; | ||||||||||||
200 | else | ||||||||||||
201 | tcAddPart(U.pVal, RHS, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
202 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
203 | } | ||||||||||||
204 | |||||||||||||
205 | /// Subtracts the RHS APInt from this APInt | ||||||||||||
206 | /// @returns this, after subtraction | ||||||||||||
207 | /// Subtraction assignment operator. | ||||||||||||
208 | APInt& APInt::operator-=(const APInt& RHS) { | ||||||||||||
209 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 209, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
210 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
211 | U.VAL -= RHS.U.VAL; | ||||||||||||
212 | else | ||||||||||||
213 | tcSubtract(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, 0, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
214 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
215 | } | ||||||||||||
216 | |||||||||||||
217 | APInt& APInt::operator-=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||||||||||
218 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
219 | U.VAL -= RHS; | ||||||||||||
220 | else | ||||||||||||
221 | tcSubtractPart(U.pVal, RHS, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
222 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
223 | } | ||||||||||||
224 | |||||||||||||
225 | APInt APInt::operator*(const APInt& RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
226 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 226, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
227 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
228 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.VAL * RHS.U.VAL); | ||||||||||||
229 | |||||||||||||
230 | APInt Result(getMemory(getNumWords()), getBitWidth()); | ||||||||||||
231 | tcMultiply(Result.U.pVal, U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
232 | Result.clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
233 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
234 | } | ||||||||||||
235 | |||||||||||||
236 | void APInt::andAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||||||||||
237 | WordType *dst = U.pVal, *rhs = RHS.U.pVal; | ||||||||||||
238 | for (size_t i = 0, e = getNumWords(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||||||
239 | dst[i] &= rhs[i]; | ||||||||||||
240 | } | ||||||||||||
241 | |||||||||||||
242 | void APInt::orAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||||||||||
243 | WordType *dst = U.pVal, *rhs = RHS.U.pVal; | ||||||||||||
244 | for (size_t i = 0, e = getNumWords(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||||||
245 | dst[i] |= rhs[i]; | ||||||||||||
246 | } | ||||||||||||
247 | |||||||||||||
248 | void APInt::xorAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||||||||||
249 | WordType *dst = U.pVal, *rhs = RHS.U.pVal; | ||||||||||||
250 | for (size_t i = 0, e = getNumWords(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||||||
251 | dst[i] ^= rhs[i]; | ||||||||||||
252 | } | ||||||||||||
253 | |||||||||||||
254 | APInt &APInt::operator*=(const APInt &RHS) { | ||||||||||||
255 | *this = *this * RHS; | ||||||||||||
256 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
257 | } | ||||||||||||
258 | |||||||||||||
259 | APInt& APInt::operator*=(uint64_t RHS) { | ||||||||||||
260 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
261 | U.VAL *= RHS; | ||||||||||||
262 | } else { | ||||||||||||
263 | unsigned NumWords = getNumWords(); | ||||||||||||
264 | tcMultiplyPart(U.pVal, U.pVal, RHS, 0, NumWords, NumWords, false); | ||||||||||||
265 | } | ||||||||||||
266 | return clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
267 | } | ||||||||||||
268 | |||||||||||||
269 | bool APInt::equalSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
270 | return std::equal(U.pVal, U.pVal + getNumWords(), RHS.U.pVal); | ||||||||||||
271 | } | ||||||||||||
272 | |||||||||||||
273 | int APInt::compare(const APInt& RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
274 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be same for comparison")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be same for comparison") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be same for comparison\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 274, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
275 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
276 | return U.VAL < RHS.U.VAL ? -1 : U.VAL > RHS.U.VAL; | ||||||||||||
277 | |||||||||||||
278 | return tcCompare(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
279 | } | ||||||||||||
280 | |||||||||||||
281 | int APInt::compareSigned(const APInt& RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
282 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be same for comparison")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be same for comparison") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be same for comparison\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 282, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
283 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
284 | int64_t lhsSext = SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
285 | int64_t rhsSext = SignExtend64(RHS.U.VAL, BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
286 | return lhsSext < rhsSext ? -1 : lhsSext > rhsSext; | ||||||||||||
287 | } | ||||||||||||
288 | |||||||||||||
289 | bool lhsNeg = isNegative(); | ||||||||||||
290 | bool rhsNeg = RHS.isNegative(); | ||||||||||||
291 | |||||||||||||
292 | // If the sign bits don't match, then (LHS < RHS) if LHS is negative | ||||||||||||
293 | if (lhsNeg != rhsNeg) | ||||||||||||
294 | return lhsNeg ? -1 : 1; | ||||||||||||
295 | |||||||||||||
296 | // Otherwise we can just use an unsigned comparison, because even negative | ||||||||||||
297 | // numbers compare correctly this way if both have the same signed-ness. | ||||||||||||
298 | return tcCompare(U.pVal, RHS.U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
299 | } | ||||||||||||
300 | |||||||||||||
301 | void APInt::setBitsSlowCase(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) { | ||||||||||||
302 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(loBit); | ||||||||||||
303 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(hiBit); | ||||||||||||
304 | |||||||||||||
305 | // Create an initial mask for the low word with zeros below loBit. | ||||||||||||
306 | uint64_t loMask = WORDTYPE_MAX << whichBit(loBit); | ||||||||||||
307 | |||||||||||||
308 | // If hiBit is not aligned, we need a high mask. | ||||||||||||
309 | unsigned hiShiftAmt = whichBit(hiBit); | ||||||||||||
310 | if (hiShiftAmt != 0) { | ||||||||||||
311 | // Create a high mask with zeros above hiBit. | ||||||||||||
312 | uint64_t hiMask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - hiShiftAmt); | ||||||||||||
313 | // If loWord and hiWord are equal, then we combine the masks. Otherwise, | ||||||||||||
314 | // set the bits in hiWord. | ||||||||||||
315 | if (hiWord == loWord) | ||||||||||||
316 | loMask &= hiMask; | ||||||||||||
317 | else | ||||||||||||
318 | U.pVal[hiWord] |= hiMask; | ||||||||||||
319 | } | ||||||||||||
320 | // Apply the mask to the low word. | ||||||||||||
321 | U.pVal[loWord] |= loMask; | ||||||||||||
322 | |||||||||||||
323 | // Fill any words between loWord and hiWord with all ones. | ||||||||||||
324 | for (unsigned word = loWord + 1; word < hiWord; ++word) | ||||||||||||
325 | U.pVal[word] = WORDTYPE_MAX; | ||||||||||||
326 | } | ||||||||||||
327 | |||||||||||||
328 | // Complement a bignum in-place. | ||||||||||||
329 | static void tcComplement(APInt::WordType *dst, unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
330 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||||||||||
331 | dst[i] = ~dst[i]; | ||||||||||||
332 | } | ||||||||||||
333 | |||||||||||||
334 | /// Toggle every bit to its opposite value. | ||||||||||||
335 | void APInt::flipAllBitsSlowCase() { | ||||||||||||
336 | tcComplement(U.pVal, getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
337 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
338 | } | ||||||||||||
339 | |||||||||||||
340 | /// Concatenate the bits from "NewLSB" onto the bottom of *this. This is | ||||||||||||
341 | /// equivalent to: | ||||||||||||
342 | /// (this->zext(NewWidth) << NewLSB.getBitWidth()) | NewLSB.zext(NewWidth) | ||||||||||||
343 | /// In the slow case, we know the result is large. | ||||||||||||
344 | APInt APInt::concatSlowCase(const APInt &NewLSB) const { | ||||||||||||
345 | unsigned NewWidth = getBitWidth() + NewLSB.getBitWidth(); | ||||||||||||
346 | APInt Result = NewLSB.zext(NewWidth); | ||||||||||||
347 | Result.insertBits(*this, NewLSB.getBitWidth()); | ||||||||||||
348 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
349 | } | ||||||||||||
350 | |||||||||||||
351 | /// Toggle a given bit to its opposite value whose position is given | ||||||||||||
352 | /// as "bitPosition". | ||||||||||||
353 | /// Toggles a given bit to its opposite value. | ||||||||||||
354 | void APInt::flipBit(unsigned bitPosition) { | ||||||||||||
355 | assert(bitPosition < BitWidth && "Out of the bit-width range!")(static_cast <bool> (bitPosition < BitWidth && "Out of the bit-width range!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && \"Out of the bit-width range!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 355, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
356 | setBitVal(bitPosition, !(*this)[bitPosition]); | ||||||||||||
357 | } | ||||||||||||
358 | |||||||||||||
359 | void APInt::insertBits(const APInt &subBits, unsigned bitPosition) { | ||||||||||||
360 | unsigned subBitWidth = subBits.getBitWidth(); | ||||||||||||
361 | assert((subBitWidth + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit insertion")(static_cast <bool> ((subBitWidth + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit insertion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(subBitWidth + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit insertion\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 361, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
362 | |||||||||||||
363 | // inserting no bits is a noop. | ||||||||||||
364 | if (subBitWidth == 0) | ||||||||||||
365 | return; | ||||||||||||
366 | |||||||||||||
367 | // Insertion is a direct copy. | ||||||||||||
368 | if (subBitWidth == BitWidth) { | ||||||||||||
369 | *this = subBits; | ||||||||||||
370 | return; | ||||||||||||
371 | } | ||||||||||||
372 | |||||||||||||
373 | // Single word result can be done as a direct bitmask. | ||||||||||||
374 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
375 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - subBitWidth); | ||||||||||||
376 | U.VAL &= ~(mask << bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
377 | U.VAL |= (subBits.U.VAL << bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
378 | return; | ||||||||||||
379 | } | ||||||||||||
380 | |||||||||||||
381 | unsigned loBit = whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
382 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
383 | unsigned hi1Word = whichWord(bitPosition + subBitWidth - 1); | ||||||||||||
384 | |||||||||||||
385 | // Insertion within a single word can be done as a direct bitmask. | ||||||||||||
386 | if (loWord == hi1Word) { | ||||||||||||
387 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - subBitWidth); | ||||||||||||
388 | U.pVal[loWord] &= ~(mask << loBit); | ||||||||||||
389 | U.pVal[loWord] |= (subBits.U.VAL << loBit); | ||||||||||||
390 | return; | ||||||||||||
391 | } | ||||||||||||
392 | |||||||||||||
393 | // Insert on word boundaries. | ||||||||||||
394 | if (loBit == 0) { | ||||||||||||
395 | // Direct copy whole words. | ||||||||||||
396 | unsigned numWholeSubWords = subBitWidth / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
397 | memcpy(U.pVal + loWord, subBits.getRawData(), | ||||||||||||
398 | numWholeSubWords * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
399 | |||||||||||||
400 | // Mask+insert remaining bits. | ||||||||||||
401 | unsigned remainingBits = subBitWidth % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
402 | if (remainingBits != 0) { | ||||||||||||
403 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - remainingBits); | ||||||||||||
404 | U.pVal[hi1Word] &= ~mask; | ||||||||||||
405 | U.pVal[hi1Word] |= subBits.getWord(subBitWidth - 1); | ||||||||||||
406 | } | ||||||||||||
407 | return; | ||||||||||||
408 | } | ||||||||||||
409 | |||||||||||||
410 | // General case - set/clear individual bits in dst based on src. | ||||||||||||
411 | // TODO - there is scope for optimization here, but at the moment this code | ||||||||||||
412 | // path is barely used so prefer readability over performance. | ||||||||||||
413 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != subBitWidth; ++i) | ||||||||||||
414 | setBitVal(bitPosition + i, subBits[i]); | ||||||||||||
415 | } | ||||||||||||
416 | |||||||||||||
417 | void APInt::insertBits(uint64_t subBits, unsigned bitPosition, unsigned numBits) { | ||||||||||||
418 | uint64_t maskBits = maskTrailingOnes<uint64_t>(numBits); | ||||||||||||
419 | subBits &= maskBits; | ||||||||||||
420 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
421 | U.VAL &= ~(maskBits << bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
422 | U.VAL |= subBits << bitPosition; | ||||||||||||
423 | return; | ||||||||||||
424 | } | ||||||||||||
425 | |||||||||||||
426 | unsigned loBit = whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
427 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
428 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(bitPosition + numBits - 1); | ||||||||||||
429 | if (loWord == hiWord) { | ||||||||||||
430 | U.pVal[loWord] &= ~(maskBits << loBit); | ||||||||||||
431 | U.pVal[loWord] |= subBits << loBit; | ||||||||||||
432 | return; | ||||||||||||
433 | } | ||||||||||||
434 | |||||||||||||
435 | static_assert(8 * sizeof(WordType) <= 64, "This code assumes only two words affected"); | ||||||||||||
436 | unsigned wordBits = 8 * sizeof(WordType); | ||||||||||||
437 | U.pVal[loWord] &= ~(maskBits << loBit); | ||||||||||||
438 | U.pVal[loWord] |= subBits << loBit; | ||||||||||||
439 | |||||||||||||
440 | U.pVal[hiWord] &= ~(maskBits >> (wordBits - loBit)); | ||||||||||||
441 | U.pVal[hiWord] |= subBits >> (wordBits - loBit); | ||||||||||||
442 | } | ||||||||||||
443 | |||||||||||||
444 | APInt APInt::extractBits(unsigned numBits, unsigned bitPosition) const { | ||||||||||||
445 | assert(bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth &&(static_cast <bool> (bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit extraction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 446, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
446 | "Illegal bit extraction")(static_cast <bool> (bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit extraction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 446, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
447 | |||||||||||||
448 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
449 | return APInt(numBits, U.VAL >> bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
450 | |||||||||||||
451 | unsigned loBit = whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
452 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
453 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(bitPosition + numBits - 1); | ||||||||||||
454 | |||||||||||||
455 | // Single word result extracting bits from a single word source. | ||||||||||||
456 | if (loWord == hiWord) | ||||||||||||
457 | return APInt(numBits, U.pVal[loWord] >> loBit); | ||||||||||||
458 | |||||||||||||
459 | // Extracting bits that start on a source word boundary can be done | ||||||||||||
460 | // as a fast memory copy. | ||||||||||||
461 | if (loBit == 0) | ||||||||||||
462 | return APInt(numBits, ArrayRef(U.pVal + loWord, 1 + hiWord - loWord)); | ||||||||||||
463 | |||||||||||||
464 | // General case - shift + copy source words directly into place. | ||||||||||||
465 | APInt Result(numBits, 0); | ||||||||||||
466 | unsigned NumSrcWords = getNumWords(); | ||||||||||||
467 | unsigned NumDstWords = Result.getNumWords(); | ||||||||||||
468 | |||||||||||||
469 | uint64_t *DestPtr = Result.isSingleWord() ? &Result.U.VAL : Result.U.pVal; | ||||||||||||
470 | for (unsigned word = 0; word < NumDstWords; ++word) { | ||||||||||||
471 | uint64_t w0 = U.pVal[loWord + word]; | ||||||||||||
472 | uint64_t w1 = | ||||||||||||
473 | (loWord + word + 1) < NumSrcWords ? U.pVal[loWord + word + 1] : 0; | ||||||||||||
474 | DestPtr[word] = (w0 >> loBit) | (w1 << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - loBit)); | ||||||||||||
475 | } | ||||||||||||
476 | |||||||||||||
477 | return Result.clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
478 | } | ||||||||||||
479 | |||||||||||||
480 | uint64_t APInt::extractBitsAsZExtValue(unsigned numBits, | ||||||||||||
481 | unsigned bitPosition) const { | ||||||||||||
482 | assert(numBits > 0 && "Can't extract zero bits")(static_cast <bool> (numBits > 0 && "Can't extract zero bits" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits > 0 && \"Can't extract zero bits\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 482, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
483 | assert(bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth &&(static_cast <bool> (bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit extraction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 484, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
484 | "Illegal bit extraction")(static_cast <bool> (bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && "Illegal bit extraction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < BitWidth && (numBits + bitPosition) <= BitWidth && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 484, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
485 | assert(numBits <= 64 && "Illegal bit extraction")(static_cast <bool> (numBits <= 64 && "Illegal bit extraction" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits <= 64 && \"Illegal bit extraction\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 485, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
486 | |||||||||||||
487 | uint64_t maskBits = maskTrailingOnes<uint64_t>(numBits); | ||||||||||||
488 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
489 | return (U.VAL >> bitPosition) & maskBits; | ||||||||||||
490 | |||||||||||||
491 | unsigned loBit = whichBit(bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
492 | unsigned loWord = whichWord(bitPosition); | ||||||||||||
493 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(bitPosition + numBits - 1); | ||||||||||||
494 | if (loWord == hiWord) | ||||||||||||
495 | return (U.pVal[loWord] >> loBit) & maskBits; | ||||||||||||
496 | |||||||||||||
497 | static_assert(8 * sizeof(WordType) <= 64, "This code assumes only two words affected"); | ||||||||||||
498 | unsigned wordBits = 8 * sizeof(WordType); | ||||||||||||
499 | uint64_t retBits = U.pVal[loWord] >> loBit; | ||||||||||||
500 | retBits |= U.pVal[hiWord] << (wordBits - loBit); | ||||||||||||
501 | retBits &= maskBits; | ||||||||||||
502 | return retBits; | ||||||||||||
503 | } | ||||||||||||
504 | |||||||||||||
505 | unsigned APInt::getSufficientBitsNeeded(StringRef Str, uint8_t Radix) { | ||||||||||||
506 | assert(!Str.empty() && "Invalid string length")(static_cast <bool> (!Str.empty() && "Invalid string length" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Str.empty() && \"Invalid string length\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 506, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
507 | size_t StrLen = Str.size(); | ||||||||||||
508 | |||||||||||||
509 | // Each computation below needs to know if it's negative. | ||||||||||||
510 | unsigned IsNegative = false; | ||||||||||||
511 | if (Str[0] == '-' || Str[0] == '+') { | ||||||||||||
512 | IsNegative = Str[0] == '-'; | ||||||||||||
513 | StrLen--; | ||||||||||||
514 | assert(StrLen && "String is only a sign, needs a value.")(static_cast <bool> (StrLen && "String is only a sign, needs a value." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("StrLen && \"String is only a sign, needs a value.\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 514, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
515 | } | ||||||||||||
516 | |||||||||||||
517 | // For radixes of power-of-two values, the bits required is accurately and | ||||||||||||
518 | // easily computed. | ||||||||||||
519 | if (Radix == 2) | ||||||||||||
520 | return StrLen + IsNegative; | ||||||||||||
521 | if (Radix == 8) | ||||||||||||
522 | return StrLen * 3 + IsNegative; | ||||||||||||
523 | if (Radix == 16) | ||||||||||||
524 | return StrLen * 4 + IsNegative; | ||||||||||||
525 | |||||||||||||
526 | // Compute a sufficient number of bits that is always large enough but might | ||||||||||||
527 | // be too large. This avoids the assertion in the constructor. This | ||||||||||||
528 | // calculation doesn't work appropriately for the numbers 0-9, so just use 4 | ||||||||||||
529 | // bits in that case. | ||||||||||||
530 | if (Radix == 10) | ||||||||||||
531 | return (StrLen == 1 ? 4 : StrLen * 64 / 18) + IsNegative; | ||||||||||||
532 | |||||||||||||
533 | assert(Radix == 36)(static_cast <bool> (Radix == 36) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Radix == 36", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 533, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
534 | return (StrLen == 1 ? 7 : StrLen * 16 / 3) + IsNegative; | ||||||||||||
535 | } | ||||||||||||
536 | |||||||||||||
537 | unsigned APInt::getBitsNeeded(StringRef str, uint8_t radix) { | ||||||||||||
538 | // Compute a sufficient number of bits that is always large enough but might | ||||||||||||
539 | // be too large. | ||||||||||||
540 | unsigned sufficient = getSufficientBitsNeeded(str, radix); | ||||||||||||
541 | |||||||||||||
542 | // For bases 2, 8, and 16, the sufficient number of bits is exact and we can | ||||||||||||
543 | // return the value directly. For bases 10 and 36, we need to do extra work. | ||||||||||||
544 | if (radix == 2 || radix == 8 || radix == 16) | ||||||||||||
545 | return sufficient; | ||||||||||||
546 | |||||||||||||
547 | // This is grossly inefficient but accurate. We could probably do something | ||||||||||||
548 | // with a computation of roughly slen*64/20 and then adjust by the value of | ||||||||||||
549 | // the first few digits. But, I'm not sure how accurate that could be. | ||||||||||||
550 | size_t slen = str.size(); | ||||||||||||
551 | |||||||||||||
552 | // Each computation below needs to know if it's negative. | ||||||||||||
553 | StringRef::iterator p = str.begin(); | ||||||||||||
554 | unsigned isNegative = *p == '-'; | ||||||||||||
555 | if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') { | ||||||||||||
556 | p++; | ||||||||||||
557 | slen--; | ||||||||||||
558 | assert(slen && "String is only a sign, needs a value.")(static_cast <bool> (slen && "String is only a sign, needs a value." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("slen && \"String is only a sign, needs a value.\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 558, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
559 | } | ||||||||||||
560 | |||||||||||||
561 | |||||||||||||
562 | // Convert to the actual binary value. | ||||||||||||
563 | APInt tmp(sufficient, StringRef(p, slen), radix); | ||||||||||||
564 | |||||||||||||
565 | // Compute how many bits are required. If the log is infinite, assume we need | ||||||||||||
566 | // just bit. If the log is exact and value is negative, then the value is | ||||||||||||
567 | // MinSignedValue with (log + 1) bits. | ||||||||||||
568 | unsigned log = tmp.logBase2(); | ||||||||||||
569 | if (log == (unsigned)-1) { | ||||||||||||
570 | return isNegative + 1; | ||||||||||||
571 | } else if (isNegative && tmp.isPowerOf2()) { | ||||||||||||
572 | return isNegative + log; | ||||||||||||
573 | } else { | ||||||||||||
574 | return isNegative + log + 1; | ||||||||||||
575 | } | ||||||||||||
576 | } | ||||||||||||
577 | |||||||||||||
578 | hash_code llvm::hash_value(const APInt &Arg) { | ||||||||||||
579 | if (Arg.isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
580 | return hash_combine(Arg.BitWidth, Arg.U.VAL); | ||||||||||||
581 | |||||||||||||
582 | return hash_combine( | ||||||||||||
583 | Arg.BitWidth, | ||||||||||||
584 | hash_combine_range(Arg.U.pVal, Arg.U.pVal + Arg.getNumWords())); | ||||||||||||
585 | } | ||||||||||||
586 | |||||||||||||
587 | unsigned DenseMapInfo<APInt, void>::getHashValue(const APInt &Key) { | ||||||||||||
588 | return static_cast<unsigned>(hash_value(Key)); | ||||||||||||
589 | } | ||||||||||||
590 | |||||||||||||
591 | bool APInt::isSplat(unsigned SplatSizeInBits) const { | ||||||||||||
592 | assert(getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 &&(static_cast <bool> (getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 && "SplatSizeInBits must divide width!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 && \"SplatSizeInBits must divide width!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 593, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
593 | "SplatSizeInBits must divide width!")(static_cast <bool> (getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 && "SplatSizeInBits must divide width!") ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("getBitWidth() % SplatSizeInBits == 0 && \"SplatSizeInBits must divide width!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 593, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
594 | // We can check that all parts of an integer are equal by making use of a | ||||||||||||
595 | // little trick: rotate and check if it's still the same value. | ||||||||||||
596 | return *this == rotl(SplatSizeInBits); | ||||||||||||
597 | } | ||||||||||||
598 | |||||||||||||
599 | /// This function returns the high "numBits" bits of this APInt. | ||||||||||||
600 | APInt APInt::getHiBits(unsigned numBits) const { | ||||||||||||
601 | return this->lshr(BitWidth - numBits); | ||||||||||||
602 | } | ||||||||||||
603 | |||||||||||||
604 | /// This function returns the low "numBits" bits of this APInt. | ||||||||||||
605 | APInt APInt::getLoBits(unsigned numBits) const { | ||||||||||||
606 | APInt Result(getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, numBits)); | ||||||||||||
607 | Result &= *this; | ||||||||||||
608 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
609 | } | ||||||||||||
610 | |||||||||||||
611 | /// Return a value containing V broadcasted over NewLen bits. | ||||||||||||
612 | APInt APInt::getSplat(unsigned NewLen, const APInt &V) { | ||||||||||||
613 | assert(NewLen >= V.getBitWidth() && "Can't splat to smaller bit width!")(static_cast <bool> (NewLen >= V.getBitWidth() && "Can't splat to smaller bit width!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("NewLen >= V.getBitWidth() && \"Can't splat to smaller bit width!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 613, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
614 | |||||||||||||
615 | APInt Val = V.zext(NewLen); | ||||||||||||
616 | for (unsigned I = V.getBitWidth(); I < NewLen; I <<= 1) | ||||||||||||
617 | Val |= Val << I; | ||||||||||||
618 | |||||||||||||
619 | return Val; | ||||||||||||
620 | } | ||||||||||||
621 | |||||||||||||
622 | unsigned APInt::countLeadingZerosSlowCase() const { | ||||||||||||
623 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||||||||||
624 | for (int i = getNumWords()-1; i >= 0; --i) { | ||||||||||||
625 | uint64_t V = U.pVal[i]; | ||||||||||||
626 | if (V == 0) | ||||||||||||
627 | Count += APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
628 | else { | ||||||||||||
629 | Count += llvm::countl_zero(V); | ||||||||||||
630 | break; | ||||||||||||
631 | } | ||||||||||||
632 | } | ||||||||||||
633 | // Adjust for unused bits in the most significant word (they are zero). | ||||||||||||
634 | unsigned Mod = BitWidth % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
635 | Count -= Mod > 0 ? APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - Mod : 0; | ||||||||||||
636 | return Count; | ||||||||||||
637 | } | ||||||||||||
638 | |||||||||||||
639 | unsigned APInt::countLeadingOnesSlowCase() const { | ||||||||||||
640 | unsigned highWordBits = BitWidth % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
641 | unsigned shift; | ||||||||||||
642 | if (!highWordBits) { | ||||||||||||
643 | highWordBits = APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
644 | shift = 0; | ||||||||||||
645 | } else { | ||||||||||||
646 | shift = APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - highWordBits; | ||||||||||||
647 | } | ||||||||||||
648 | int i = getNumWords() - 1; | ||||||||||||
649 | unsigned Count = llvm::countl_one(U.pVal[i] << shift); | ||||||||||||
650 | if (Count == highWordBits) { | ||||||||||||
651 | for (i--; i >= 0; --i) { | ||||||||||||
652 | if (U.pVal[i] == WORDTYPE_MAX) | ||||||||||||
653 | Count += APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
654 | else { | ||||||||||||
655 | Count += llvm::countl_one(U.pVal[i]); | ||||||||||||
656 | break; | ||||||||||||
657 | } | ||||||||||||
658 | } | ||||||||||||
659 | } | ||||||||||||
660 | return Count; | ||||||||||||
661 | } | ||||||||||||
662 | |||||||||||||
663 | unsigned APInt::countTrailingZerosSlowCase() const { | ||||||||||||
664 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||||||||||
665 | unsigned i = 0; | ||||||||||||
666 | for (; i < getNumWords() && U.pVal[i] == 0; ++i) | ||||||||||||
667 | Count += APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
668 | if (i < getNumWords()) | ||||||||||||
669 | Count += llvm::countr_zero(U.pVal[i]); | ||||||||||||
670 | return std::min(Count, BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
671 | } | ||||||||||||
672 | |||||||||||||
673 | unsigned APInt::countTrailingOnesSlowCase() const { | ||||||||||||
674 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||||||||||
675 | unsigned i = 0; | ||||||||||||
676 | for (; i < getNumWords() && U.pVal[i] == WORDTYPE_MAX; ++i) | ||||||||||||
677 | Count += APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
678 | if (i < getNumWords()) | ||||||||||||
679 | Count += llvm::countr_one(U.pVal[i]); | ||||||||||||
680 | assert(Count <= BitWidth)(static_cast <bool> (Count <= BitWidth) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Count <= BitWidth", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 680, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
681 | return Count; | ||||||||||||
682 | } | ||||||||||||
683 | |||||||||||||
684 | unsigned APInt::countPopulationSlowCase() const { | ||||||||||||
685 | unsigned Count = 0; | ||||||||||||
686 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < getNumWords(); ++i) | ||||||||||||
687 | Count += llvm::popcount(U.pVal[i]); | ||||||||||||
688 | return Count; | ||||||||||||
689 | } | ||||||||||||
690 | |||||||||||||
691 | bool APInt::intersectsSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
692 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumWords(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||||||
693 | if ((U.pVal[i] & RHS.U.pVal[i]) != 0) | ||||||||||||
694 | return true; | ||||||||||||
695 | |||||||||||||
696 | return false; | ||||||||||||
697 | } | ||||||||||||
698 | |||||||||||||
699 | bool APInt::isSubsetOfSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
700 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumWords(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||||||
701 | if ((U.pVal[i] & ~RHS.U.pVal[i]) != 0) | ||||||||||||
702 | return false; | ||||||||||||
703 | |||||||||||||
704 | return true; | ||||||||||||
705 | } | ||||||||||||
706 | |||||||||||||
707 | APInt APInt::byteSwap() const { | ||||||||||||
708 | assert(BitWidth >= 16 && BitWidth % 8 == 0 && "Cannot byteswap!")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth >= 16 && BitWidth % 8 == 0 && "Cannot byteswap!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth >= 16 && BitWidth % 8 == 0 && \"Cannot byteswap!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 708, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
709 | if (BitWidth == 16) | ||||||||||||
710 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::byteswap<uint16_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||||||||||
711 | if (BitWidth == 32) | ||||||||||||
712 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::byteswap<uint32_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||||||||||
713 | if (BitWidth <= 64) { | ||||||||||||
714 | uint64_t Tmp1 = llvm::byteswap<uint64_t>(U.VAL); | ||||||||||||
715 | Tmp1 >>= (64 - BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
716 | return APInt(BitWidth, Tmp1); | ||||||||||||
717 | } | ||||||||||||
718 | |||||||||||||
719 | APInt Result(getNumWords() * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD, 0); | ||||||||||||
720 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = getNumWords(); I != N; ++I) | ||||||||||||
721 | Result.U.pVal[I] = llvm::byteswap<uint64_t>(U.pVal[N - I - 1]); | ||||||||||||
722 | if (Result.BitWidth != BitWidth) { | ||||||||||||
723 | Result.lshrInPlace(Result.BitWidth - BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
724 | Result.BitWidth = BitWidth; | ||||||||||||
725 | } | ||||||||||||
726 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
727 | } | ||||||||||||
728 | |||||||||||||
729 | APInt APInt::reverseBits() const { | ||||||||||||
730 | switch (BitWidth) { | ||||||||||||
731 | case 64: | ||||||||||||
732 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::reverseBits<uint64_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||||||||||
733 | case 32: | ||||||||||||
734 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::reverseBits<uint32_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||||||||||
735 | case 16: | ||||||||||||
736 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::reverseBits<uint16_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||||||||||
737 | case 8: | ||||||||||||
738 | return APInt(BitWidth, llvm::reverseBits<uint8_t>(U.VAL)); | ||||||||||||
739 | case 0: | ||||||||||||
740 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
741 | default: | ||||||||||||
742 | break; | ||||||||||||
743 | } | ||||||||||||
744 | |||||||||||||
745 | APInt Val(*this); | ||||||||||||
746 | APInt Reversed(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
747 | unsigned S = BitWidth; | ||||||||||||
748 | |||||||||||||
749 | for (; Val != 0; Val.lshrInPlace(1)) { | ||||||||||||
750 | Reversed <<= 1; | ||||||||||||
751 | Reversed |= Val[0]; | ||||||||||||
752 | --S; | ||||||||||||
753 | } | ||||||||||||
754 | |||||||||||||
755 | Reversed <<= S; | ||||||||||||
756 | return Reversed; | ||||||||||||
757 | } | ||||||||||||
758 | |||||||||||||
759 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(APInt A, APInt B) { | ||||||||||||
760 | // Fast-path a common case. | ||||||||||||
761 | if (A == B) return A; | ||||||||||||
762 | |||||||||||||
763 | // Corner cases: if either operand is zero, the other is the gcd. | ||||||||||||
764 | if (!A) return B; | ||||||||||||
765 | if (!B) return A; | ||||||||||||
766 | |||||||||||||
767 | // Count common powers of 2 and remove all other powers of 2. | ||||||||||||
768 | unsigned Pow2; | ||||||||||||
769 | { | ||||||||||||
770 | unsigned Pow2_A = A.countr_zero(); | ||||||||||||
771 | unsigned Pow2_B = B.countr_zero(); | ||||||||||||
772 | if (Pow2_A > Pow2_B) { | ||||||||||||
773 | A.lshrInPlace(Pow2_A - Pow2_B); | ||||||||||||
774 | Pow2 = Pow2_B; | ||||||||||||
775 | } else if (Pow2_B > Pow2_A) { | ||||||||||||
776 | B.lshrInPlace(Pow2_B - Pow2_A); | ||||||||||||
777 | Pow2 = Pow2_A; | ||||||||||||
778 | } else { | ||||||||||||
779 | Pow2 = Pow2_A; | ||||||||||||
780 | } | ||||||||||||
781 | } | ||||||||||||
782 | |||||||||||||
783 | // Both operands are odd multiples of 2^Pow_2: | ||||||||||||
784 | // | ||||||||||||
785 | // gcd(a, b) = gcd(|a - b| / 2^i, min(a, b)) | ||||||||||||
786 | // | ||||||||||||
787 | // This is a modified version of Stein's algorithm, taking advantage of | ||||||||||||
788 | // efficient countTrailingZeros(). | ||||||||||||
789 | while (A != B) { | ||||||||||||
790 | if (A.ugt(B)) { | ||||||||||||
791 | A -= B; | ||||||||||||
792 | A.lshrInPlace(A.countr_zero() - Pow2); | ||||||||||||
793 | } else { | ||||||||||||
794 | B -= A; | ||||||||||||
795 | B.lshrInPlace(B.countr_zero() - Pow2); | ||||||||||||
796 | } | ||||||||||||
797 | } | ||||||||||||
798 | |||||||||||||
799 | return A; | ||||||||||||
800 | } | ||||||||||||
801 | |||||||||||||
802 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::RoundDoubleToAPInt(double Double, unsigned width) { | ||||||||||||
803 | uint64_t I = bit_cast<uint64_t>(Double); | ||||||||||||
804 | |||||||||||||
805 | // Get the sign bit from the highest order bit | ||||||||||||
806 | bool isNeg = I >> 63; | ||||||||||||
807 | |||||||||||||
808 | // Get the 11-bit exponent and adjust for the 1023 bit bias | ||||||||||||
809 | int64_t exp = ((I >> 52) & 0x7ff) - 1023; | ||||||||||||
810 | |||||||||||||
811 | // If the exponent is negative, the value is < 0 so just return 0. | ||||||||||||
812 | if (exp < 0) | ||||||||||||
813 | return APInt(width, 0u); | ||||||||||||
814 | |||||||||||||
815 | // Extract the mantissa by clearing the top 12 bits (sign + exponent). | ||||||||||||
816 | uint64_t mantissa = (I & (~0ULL >> 12)) | 1ULL << 52; | ||||||||||||
817 | |||||||||||||
818 | // If the exponent doesn't shift all bits out of the mantissa | ||||||||||||
819 | if (exp < 52) | ||||||||||||
820 | return isNeg ? -APInt(width, mantissa >> (52 - exp)) : | ||||||||||||
821 | APInt(width, mantissa >> (52 - exp)); | ||||||||||||
822 | |||||||||||||
823 | // If the client didn't provide enough bits for us to shift the mantissa into | ||||||||||||
824 | // then the result is undefined, just return 0 | ||||||||||||
825 | if (width <= exp - 52) | ||||||||||||
826 | return APInt(width, 0); | ||||||||||||
827 | |||||||||||||
828 | // Otherwise, we have to shift the mantissa bits up to the right location | ||||||||||||
829 | APInt Tmp(width, mantissa); | ||||||||||||
830 | Tmp <<= (unsigned)exp - 52; | ||||||||||||
831 | return isNeg ? -Tmp : Tmp; | ||||||||||||
832 | } | ||||||||||||
833 | |||||||||||||
834 | /// This function converts this APInt to a double. | ||||||||||||
835 | /// The layout for double is as following (IEEE Standard 754): | ||||||||||||
836 | /// -------------------------------------- | ||||||||||||
837 | /// | Sign Exponent Fraction Bias | | ||||||||||||
838 | /// |-------------------------------------- | | ||||||||||||
839 | /// | 1[63] 11[62-52] 52[51-00] 1023 | | ||||||||||||
840 | /// -------------------------------------- | ||||||||||||
841 | double APInt::roundToDouble(bool isSigned) const { | ||||||||||||
842 | |||||||||||||
843 | // Handle the simple case where the value is contained in one uint64_t. | ||||||||||||
844 | // It is wrong to optimize getWord(0) to VAL; there might be more than one word. | ||||||||||||
845 | if (isSingleWord() || getActiveBits() <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) { | ||||||||||||
846 | if (isSigned) { | ||||||||||||
847 | int64_t sext = SignExtend64(getWord(0), BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
848 | return double(sext); | ||||||||||||
849 | } else | ||||||||||||
850 | return double(getWord(0)); | ||||||||||||
851 | } | ||||||||||||
852 | |||||||||||||
853 | // Determine if the value is negative. | ||||||||||||
854 | bool isNeg = isSigned ? (*this)[BitWidth-1] : false; | ||||||||||||
855 | |||||||||||||
856 | // Construct the absolute value if we're negative. | ||||||||||||
857 | APInt Tmp(isNeg ? -(*this) : (*this)); | ||||||||||||
858 | |||||||||||||
859 | // Figure out how many bits we're using. | ||||||||||||
860 | unsigned n = Tmp.getActiveBits(); | ||||||||||||
861 | |||||||||||||
862 | // The exponent (without bias normalization) is just the number of bits | ||||||||||||
863 | // we are using. Note that the sign bit is gone since we constructed the | ||||||||||||
864 | // absolute value. | ||||||||||||
865 | uint64_t exp = n; | ||||||||||||
866 | |||||||||||||
867 | // Return infinity for exponent overflow | ||||||||||||
868 | if (exp > 1023) { | ||||||||||||
869 | if (!isSigned || !isNeg) | ||||||||||||
870 | return std::numeric_limits<double>::infinity(); | ||||||||||||
871 | else | ||||||||||||
872 | return -std::numeric_limits<double>::infinity(); | ||||||||||||
873 | } | ||||||||||||
874 | exp += 1023; // Increment for 1023 bias | ||||||||||||
875 | |||||||||||||
876 | // Number of bits in mantissa is 52. To obtain the mantissa value, we must | ||||||||||||
877 | // extract the high 52 bits from the correct words in pVal. | ||||||||||||
878 | uint64_t mantissa; | ||||||||||||
879 | unsigned hiWord = whichWord(n-1); | ||||||||||||
880 | if (hiWord == 0) { | ||||||||||||
881 | mantissa = Tmp.U.pVal[0]; | ||||||||||||
882 | if (n > 52) | ||||||||||||
883 | mantissa >>= n - 52; // shift down, we want the top 52 bits. | ||||||||||||
884 | } else { | ||||||||||||
885 | assert(hiWord > 0 && "huh?")(static_cast <bool> (hiWord > 0 && "huh?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hiWord > 0 && \"huh?\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 885, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
886 | uint64_t hibits = Tmp.U.pVal[hiWord] << (52 - n % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||||||||||
887 | uint64_t lobits = Tmp.U.pVal[hiWord-1] >> (11 + n % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||||||||||
888 | mantissa = hibits | lobits; | ||||||||||||
889 | } | ||||||||||||
890 | |||||||||||||
891 | // The leading bit of mantissa is implicit, so get rid of it. | ||||||||||||
892 | uint64_t sign = isNeg ? (1ULL << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1)) : 0; | ||||||||||||
893 | uint64_t I = sign | (exp << 52) | mantissa; | ||||||||||||
894 | return bit_cast<double>(I); | ||||||||||||
895 | } | ||||||||||||
896 | |||||||||||||
897 | // Truncate to new width. | ||||||||||||
898 | APInt APInt::trunc(unsigned width) const { | ||||||||||||
899 | assert(width <= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt Truncate request")(static_cast <bool> (width <= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt Truncate request" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("width <= BitWidth && \"Invalid APInt Truncate request\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 899, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
900 | |||||||||||||
901 | if (width <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) | ||||||||||||
902 | return APInt(width, getRawData()[0]); | ||||||||||||
903 | |||||||||||||
904 | if (width == BitWidth) | ||||||||||||
905 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
906 | |||||||||||||
907 | APInt Result(getMemory(getNumWords(width)), width); | ||||||||||||
908 | |||||||||||||
909 | // Copy full words. | ||||||||||||
910 | unsigned i; | ||||||||||||
911 | for (i = 0; i != width / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; i++) | ||||||||||||
912 | Result.U.pVal[i] = U.pVal[i]; | ||||||||||||
913 | |||||||||||||
914 | // Truncate and copy any partial word. | ||||||||||||
915 | unsigned bits = (0 - width) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
916 | if (bits != 0) | ||||||||||||
917 | Result.U.pVal[i] = U.pVal[i] << bits >> bits; | ||||||||||||
918 | |||||||||||||
919 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
920 | } | ||||||||||||
921 | |||||||||||||
922 | // Truncate to new width with unsigned saturation. | ||||||||||||
923 | APInt APInt::truncUSat(unsigned width) const { | ||||||||||||
924 | assert(width <= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt Truncate request")(static_cast <bool> (width <= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt Truncate request" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("width <= BitWidth && \"Invalid APInt Truncate request\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 924, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
925 | |||||||||||||
926 | // Can we just losslessly truncate it? | ||||||||||||
927 | if (isIntN(width)) | ||||||||||||
928 | return trunc(width); | ||||||||||||
929 | // If not, then just return the new limit. | ||||||||||||
930 | return APInt::getMaxValue(width); | ||||||||||||
931 | } | ||||||||||||
932 | |||||||||||||
933 | // Truncate to new width with signed saturation. | ||||||||||||
934 | APInt APInt::truncSSat(unsigned width) const { | ||||||||||||
935 | assert(width <= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt Truncate request")(static_cast <bool> (width <= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt Truncate request" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("width <= BitWidth && \"Invalid APInt Truncate request\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 935, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
936 | |||||||||||||
937 | // Can we just losslessly truncate it? | ||||||||||||
938 | if (isSignedIntN(width)) | ||||||||||||
939 | return trunc(width); | ||||||||||||
940 | // If not, then just return the new limits. | ||||||||||||
941 | return isNegative() ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(width) | ||||||||||||
942 | : APInt::getSignedMaxValue(width); | ||||||||||||
943 | } | ||||||||||||
944 | |||||||||||||
945 | // Sign extend to a new width. | ||||||||||||
946 | APInt APInt::sext(unsigned Width) const { | ||||||||||||
947 | assert(Width >= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt SignExtend request")(static_cast <bool> (Width >= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt SignExtend request" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Width >= BitWidth && \"Invalid APInt SignExtend request\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 947, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
948 | |||||||||||||
949 | if (Width <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) | ||||||||||||
950 | return APInt(Width, SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth)); | ||||||||||||
951 | |||||||||||||
952 | if (Width == BitWidth) | ||||||||||||
953 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
954 | |||||||||||||
955 | APInt Result(getMemory(getNumWords(Width)), Width); | ||||||||||||
956 | |||||||||||||
957 | // Copy words. | ||||||||||||
958 | std::memcpy(Result.U.pVal, getRawData(), getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
959 | |||||||||||||
960 | // Sign extend the last word since there may be unused bits in the input. | ||||||||||||
961 | Result.U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1] = | ||||||||||||
962 | SignExtend64(Result.U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1], | ||||||||||||
963 | ((BitWidth - 1) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) + 1); | ||||||||||||
964 | |||||||||||||
965 | // Fill with sign bits. | ||||||||||||
966 | std::memset(Result.U.pVal + getNumWords(), isNegative() ? -1 : 0, | ||||||||||||
967 | (Result.getNumWords() - getNumWords()) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
968 | Result.clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
969 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
970 | } | ||||||||||||
971 | |||||||||||||
972 | // Zero extend to a new width. | ||||||||||||
973 | APInt APInt::zext(unsigned width) const { | ||||||||||||
974 | assert(width >= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt ZeroExtend request")(static_cast <bool> (width >= BitWidth && "Invalid APInt ZeroExtend request" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("width >= BitWidth && \"Invalid APInt ZeroExtend request\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 974, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
975 | |||||||||||||
976 | if (width <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) | ||||||||||||
977 | return APInt(width, U.VAL); | ||||||||||||
978 | |||||||||||||
979 | if (width == BitWidth) | ||||||||||||
980 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
981 | |||||||||||||
982 | APInt Result(getMemory(getNumWords(width)), width); | ||||||||||||
983 | |||||||||||||
984 | // Copy words. | ||||||||||||
985 | std::memcpy(Result.U.pVal, getRawData(), getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
986 | |||||||||||||
987 | // Zero remaining words. | ||||||||||||
988 | std::memset(Result.U.pVal + getNumWords(), 0, | ||||||||||||
989 | (Result.getNumWords() - getNumWords()) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
990 | |||||||||||||
991 | return Result; | ||||||||||||
992 | } | ||||||||||||
993 | |||||||||||||
994 | APInt APInt::zextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const { | ||||||||||||
995 | if (BitWidth < width) | ||||||||||||
996 | return zext(width); | ||||||||||||
997 | if (BitWidth > width) | ||||||||||||
998 | return trunc(width); | ||||||||||||
999 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1000 | } | ||||||||||||
1001 | |||||||||||||
1002 | APInt APInt::sextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const { | ||||||||||||
1003 | if (BitWidth < width) | ||||||||||||
1004 | return sext(width); | ||||||||||||
1005 | if (BitWidth > width) | ||||||||||||
1006 | return trunc(width); | ||||||||||||
1007 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1008 | } | ||||||||||||
1009 | |||||||||||||
1010 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||||||||||
1011 | /// Arithmetic right-shift function. | ||||||||||||
1012 | void APInt::ashrInPlace(const APInt &shiftAmt) { | ||||||||||||
1013 | ashrInPlace((unsigned)shiftAmt.getLimitedValue(BitWidth)); | ||||||||||||
1014 | } | ||||||||||||
1015 | |||||||||||||
1016 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||||||||||
1017 | /// Arithmetic right-shift function. | ||||||||||||
1018 | void APInt::ashrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||||||||||
1019 | // Don't bother performing a no-op shift. | ||||||||||||
1020 | if (!ShiftAmt) | ||||||||||||
1021 | return; | ||||||||||||
1022 | |||||||||||||
1023 | // Save the original sign bit for later. | ||||||||||||
1024 | bool Negative = isNegative(); | ||||||||||||
1025 | |||||||||||||
1026 | // WordShift is the inter-part shift; BitShift is intra-part shift. | ||||||||||||
1027 | unsigned WordShift = ShiftAmt / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
1028 | unsigned BitShift = ShiftAmt % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
1029 | |||||||||||||
1030 | unsigned WordsToMove = getNumWords() - WordShift; | ||||||||||||
1031 | if (WordsToMove != 0) { | ||||||||||||
1032 | // Sign extend the last word to fill in the unused bits. | ||||||||||||
1033 | U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1] = SignExtend64( | ||||||||||||
1034 | U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1], ((BitWidth - 1) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) + 1); | ||||||||||||
1035 | |||||||||||||
1036 | // Fastpath for moving by whole words. | ||||||||||||
1037 | if (BitShift == 0) { | ||||||||||||
1038 | std::memmove(U.pVal, U.pVal + WordShift, WordsToMove * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
1039 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1040 | // Move the words containing significant bits. | ||||||||||||
1041 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != WordsToMove - 1; ++i) | ||||||||||||
1042 | U.pVal[i] = (U.pVal[i + WordShift] >> BitShift) | | ||||||||||||
1043 | (U.pVal[i + WordShift + 1] << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitShift)); | ||||||||||||
1044 | |||||||||||||
1045 | // Handle the last word which has no high bits to copy. | ||||||||||||
1046 | U.pVal[WordsToMove - 1] = U.pVal[WordShift + WordsToMove - 1] >> BitShift; | ||||||||||||
1047 | // Sign extend one more time. | ||||||||||||
1048 | U.pVal[WordsToMove - 1] = | ||||||||||||
1049 | SignExtend64(U.pVal[WordsToMove - 1], APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitShift); | ||||||||||||
1050 | } | ||||||||||||
1051 | } | ||||||||||||
1052 | |||||||||||||
1053 | // Fill in the remainder based on the original sign. | ||||||||||||
1054 | std::memset(U.pVal + WordsToMove, Negative ? -1 : 0, | ||||||||||||
1055 | WordShift * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
1056 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
1057 | } | ||||||||||||
1058 | |||||||||||||
1059 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||||||||||
1060 | /// Logical right-shift function. | ||||||||||||
1061 | void APInt::lshrInPlace(const APInt &shiftAmt) { | ||||||||||||
1062 | lshrInPlace((unsigned)shiftAmt.getLimitedValue(BitWidth)); | ||||||||||||
1063 | } | ||||||||||||
1064 | |||||||||||||
1065 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||||||||||
1066 | /// Logical right-shift function. | ||||||||||||
1067 | void APInt::lshrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||||||||||
1068 | tcShiftRight(U.pVal, getNumWords(), ShiftAmt); | ||||||||||||
1069 | } | ||||||||||||
1070 | |||||||||||||
1071 | /// Left-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. | ||||||||||||
1072 | /// Left-shift function. | ||||||||||||
1073 | APInt &APInt::operator<<=(const APInt &shiftAmt) { | ||||||||||||
1074 | // It's undefined behavior in C to shift by BitWidth or greater. | ||||||||||||
1075 | *this <<= (unsigned)shiftAmt.getLimitedValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
1076 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1077 | } | ||||||||||||
1078 | |||||||||||||
1079 | void APInt::shlSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt) { | ||||||||||||
1080 | tcShiftLeft(U.pVal, getNumWords(), ShiftAmt); | ||||||||||||
1081 | clearUnusedBits(); | ||||||||||||
1082 | } | ||||||||||||
1083 | |||||||||||||
1084 | // Calculate the rotate amount modulo the bit width. | ||||||||||||
1085 | static unsigned rotateModulo(unsigned BitWidth, const APInt &rotateAmt) { | ||||||||||||
1086 | if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(BitWidth == 0)__builtin_expect((bool)(BitWidth == 0), false)) | ||||||||||||
1087 | return 0; | ||||||||||||
1088 | unsigned rotBitWidth = rotateAmt.getBitWidth(); | ||||||||||||
1089 | APInt rot = rotateAmt; | ||||||||||||
1090 | if (rotBitWidth < BitWidth) { | ||||||||||||
1091 | // Extend the rotate APInt, so that the urem doesn't divide by 0. | ||||||||||||
1092 | // e.g. APInt(1, 32) would give APInt(1, 0). | ||||||||||||
1093 | rot = rotateAmt.zext(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
1094 | } | ||||||||||||
1095 | rot = rot.urem(APInt(rot.getBitWidth(), BitWidth)); | ||||||||||||
1096 | return rot.getLimitedValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
1097 | } | ||||||||||||
1098 | |||||||||||||
1099 | APInt APInt::rotl(const APInt &rotateAmt) const { | ||||||||||||
1100 | return rotl(rotateModulo(BitWidth, rotateAmt)); | ||||||||||||
1101 | } | ||||||||||||
1102 | |||||||||||||
1103 | APInt APInt::rotl(unsigned rotateAmt) const { | ||||||||||||
1104 | if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(BitWidth == 0)__builtin_expect((bool)(BitWidth == 0), false)) | ||||||||||||
1105 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1106 | rotateAmt %= BitWidth; | ||||||||||||
1107 | if (rotateAmt == 0) | ||||||||||||
1108 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1109 | return shl(rotateAmt) | lshr(BitWidth - rotateAmt); | ||||||||||||
1110 | } | ||||||||||||
1111 | |||||||||||||
1112 | APInt APInt::rotr(const APInt &rotateAmt) const { | ||||||||||||
1113 | return rotr(rotateModulo(BitWidth, rotateAmt)); | ||||||||||||
1114 | } | ||||||||||||
1115 | |||||||||||||
1116 | APInt APInt::rotr(unsigned rotateAmt) const { | ||||||||||||
1117 | if (BitWidth == 0) | ||||||||||||
1118 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1119 | rotateAmt %= BitWidth; | ||||||||||||
1120 | if (rotateAmt == 0) | ||||||||||||
1121 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1122 | return lshr(rotateAmt) | shl(BitWidth - rotateAmt); | ||||||||||||
1123 | } | ||||||||||||
1124 | |||||||||||||
1125 | /// \returns the nearest log base 2 of this APInt. Ties round up. | ||||||||||||
1126 | /// | ||||||||||||
1127 | /// NOTE: When we have a BitWidth of 1, we define: | ||||||||||||
1128 | /// | ||||||||||||
1129 | /// log2(0) = UINT32_MAX | ||||||||||||
1130 | /// log2(1) = 0 | ||||||||||||
1131 | /// | ||||||||||||
1132 | /// to get around any mathematical concerns resulting from | ||||||||||||
1133 | /// referencing 2 in a space where 2 does no exist. | ||||||||||||
1134 | unsigned APInt::nearestLogBase2() const { | ||||||||||||
1135 | // Special case when we have a bitwidth of 1. If VAL is 1, then we | ||||||||||||
1136 | // get 0. If VAL is 0, we get WORDTYPE_MAX which gets truncated to | ||||||||||||
1137 | // UINT32_MAX. | ||||||||||||
1138 | if (BitWidth == 1) | ||||||||||||
1139 | return U.VAL - 1; | ||||||||||||
1140 | |||||||||||||
1141 | // Handle the zero case. | ||||||||||||
1142 | if (isZero()) | ||||||||||||
1143 | return UINT32_MAX(4294967295U); | ||||||||||||
1144 | |||||||||||||
1145 | // The non-zero case is handled by computing: | ||||||||||||
1146 | // | ||||||||||||
1147 | // nearestLogBase2(x) = logBase2(x) + x[logBase2(x)-1]. | ||||||||||||
1148 | // | ||||||||||||
1149 | // where x[i] is referring to the value of the ith bit of x. | ||||||||||||
1150 | unsigned lg = logBase2(); | ||||||||||||
1151 | return lg + unsigned((*this)[lg - 1]); | ||||||||||||
1152 | } | ||||||||||||
1153 | |||||||||||||
1154 | // Square Root - this method computes and returns the square root of "this". | ||||||||||||
1155 | // Three mechanisms are used for computation. For small values (<= 5 bits), | ||||||||||||
1156 | // a table lookup is done. This gets some performance for common cases. For | ||||||||||||
1157 | // values using less than 52 bits, the value is converted to double and then | ||||||||||||
1158 | // the libc sqrt function is called. The result is rounded and then converted | ||||||||||||
1159 | // back to a uint64_t which is then used to construct the result. Finally, | ||||||||||||
1160 | // the Babylonian method for computing square roots is used. | ||||||||||||
1161 | APInt APInt::sqrt() const { | ||||||||||||
1162 | |||||||||||||
1163 | // Determine the magnitude of the value. | ||||||||||||
1164 | unsigned magnitude = getActiveBits(); | ||||||||||||
1165 | |||||||||||||
1166 | // Use a fast table for some small values. This also gets rid of some | ||||||||||||
1167 | // rounding errors in libc sqrt for small values. | ||||||||||||
1168 | if (magnitude <= 5) { | ||||||||||||
1169 | static const uint8_t results[32] = { | ||||||||||||
1170 | /* 0 */ 0, | ||||||||||||
1171 | /* 1- 2 */ 1, 1, | ||||||||||||
1172 | /* 3- 6 */ 2, 2, 2, 2, | ||||||||||||
1173 | /* 7-12 */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, | ||||||||||||
1174 | /* 13-20 */ 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, | ||||||||||||
1175 | /* 21-30 */ 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, | ||||||||||||
1176 | /* 31 */ 6 | ||||||||||||
1177 | }; | ||||||||||||
1178 | return APInt(BitWidth, results[ (isSingleWord() ? U.VAL : U.pVal[0]) ]); | ||||||||||||
1179 | } | ||||||||||||
1180 | |||||||||||||
1181 | // If the magnitude of the value fits in less than 52 bits (the precision of | ||||||||||||
1182 | // an IEEE double precision floating point value), then we can use the | ||||||||||||
1183 | // libc sqrt function which will probably use a hardware sqrt computation. | ||||||||||||
1184 | // This should be faster than the algorithm below. | ||||||||||||
1185 | if (magnitude < 52) { | ||||||||||||
1186 | return APInt(BitWidth, | ||||||||||||
1187 | uint64_t(::round(::sqrt(double(isSingleWord() ? U.VAL | ||||||||||||
1188 | : U.pVal[0]))))); | ||||||||||||
1189 | } | ||||||||||||
1190 | |||||||||||||
1191 | // Okay, all the short cuts are exhausted. We must compute it. The following | ||||||||||||
1192 | // is a classical Babylonian method for computing the square root. This code | ||||||||||||
1193 | // was adapted to APInt from a wikipedia article on such computations. | ||||||||||||
1194 | // See http://www.wikipedia.org/ and go to the page named | ||||||||||||
1195 | // Calculate_an_integer_square_root. | ||||||||||||
1196 | unsigned nbits = BitWidth, i = 4; | ||||||||||||
1197 | APInt testy(BitWidth, 16); | ||||||||||||
1198 | APInt x_old(BitWidth, 1); | ||||||||||||
1199 | APInt x_new(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1200 | APInt two(BitWidth, 2); | ||||||||||||
1201 | |||||||||||||
1202 | // Select a good starting value using binary logarithms. | ||||||||||||
1203 | for (;; i += 2, testy = testy.shl(2)) | ||||||||||||
1204 | if (i >= nbits || this->ule(testy)) { | ||||||||||||
1205 | x_old = x_old.shl(i / 2); | ||||||||||||
1206 | break; | ||||||||||||
1207 | } | ||||||||||||
1208 | |||||||||||||
1209 | // Use the Babylonian method to arrive at the integer square root: | ||||||||||||
1210 | for (;;) { | ||||||||||||
1211 | x_new = (this->udiv(x_old) + x_old).udiv(two); | ||||||||||||
1212 | if (x_old.ule(x_new)) | ||||||||||||
1213 | break; | ||||||||||||
1214 | x_old = x_new; | ||||||||||||
1215 | } | ||||||||||||
1216 | |||||||||||||
1217 | // Make sure we return the closest approximation | ||||||||||||
1218 | // NOTE: The rounding calculation below is correct. It will produce an | ||||||||||||
1219 | // off-by-one discrepancy with results from pari/gp. That discrepancy has been | ||||||||||||
1220 | // determined to be a rounding issue with pari/gp as it begins to use a | ||||||||||||
1221 | // floating point representation after 192 bits. There are no discrepancies | ||||||||||||
1222 | // between this algorithm and pari/gp for bit widths < 192 bits. | ||||||||||||
1223 | APInt square(x_old * x_old); | ||||||||||||
1224 | APInt nextSquare((x_old + 1) * (x_old +1)); | ||||||||||||
1225 | if (this->ult(square)) | ||||||||||||
1226 | return x_old; | ||||||||||||
1227 | assert(this->ule(nextSquare) && "Error in APInt::sqrt computation")(static_cast <bool> (this->ule(nextSquare) && "Error in APInt::sqrt computation") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this->ule(nextSquare) && \"Error in APInt::sqrt computation\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1227, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1228 | APInt midpoint((nextSquare - square).udiv(two)); | ||||||||||||
1229 | APInt offset(*this - square); | ||||||||||||
1230 | if (offset.ult(midpoint)) | ||||||||||||
1231 | return x_old; | ||||||||||||
1232 | return x_old + 1; | ||||||||||||
1233 | } | ||||||||||||
1234 | |||||||||||||
1235 | /// Computes the multiplicative inverse of this APInt for a given modulo. The | ||||||||||||
1236 | /// iterative extended Euclidean algorithm is used to solve for this value, | ||||||||||||
1237 | /// however we simplify it to speed up calculating only the inverse, and take | ||||||||||||
1238 | /// advantage of div+rem calculations. We also use some tricks to avoid copying | ||||||||||||
1239 | /// (potentially large) APInts around. | ||||||||||||
1240 | /// WARNING: a value of '0' may be returned, | ||||||||||||
1241 | /// signifying that no multiplicative inverse exists! | ||||||||||||
1242 | APInt APInt::multiplicativeInverse(const APInt& modulo) const { | ||||||||||||
1243 | assert(ult(modulo) && "This APInt must be smaller than the modulo")(static_cast <bool> (ult(modulo) && "This APInt must be smaller than the modulo" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ult(modulo) && \"This APInt must be smaller than the modulo\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1243, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1244 | |||||||||||||
1245 | // Using the properties listed at the following web page (accessed 06/21/08): | ||||||||||||
1246 | // http://www.numbertheory.org/php/euclid.html | ||||||||||||
1247 | // (especially the properties numbered 3, 4 and 9) it can be proved that | ||||||||||||
1248 | // BitWidth bits suffice for all the computations in the algorithm implemented | ||||||||||||
1249 | // below. More precisely, this number of bits suffice if the multiplicative | ||||||||||||
1250 | // inverse exists, but may not suffice for the general extended Euclidean | ||||||||||||
1251 | // algorithm. | ||||||||||||
1252 | |||||||||||||
1253 | APInt r[2] = { modulo, *this }; | ||||||||||||
1254 | APInt t[2] = { APInt(BitWidth, 0), APInt(BitWidth, 1) }; | ||||||||||||
1255 | APInt q(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1256 | |||||||||||||
1257 | unsigned i; | ||||||||||||
1258 | for (i = 0; r[i^1] != 0; i ^= 1) { | ||||||||||||
1259 | // An overview of the math without the confusing bit-flipping: | ||||||||||||
1260 | // q = r[i-2] / r[i-1] | ||||||||||||
1261 | // r[i] = r[i-2] % r[i-1] | ||||||||||||
1262 | // t[i] = t[i-2] - t[i-1] * q | ||||||||||||
1263 | udivrem(r[i], r[i^1], q, r[i]); | ||||||||||||
1264 | t[i] -= t[i^1] * q; | ||||||||||||
1265 | } | ||||||||||||
1266 | |||||||||||||
1267 | // If this APInt and the modulo are not coprime, there is no multiplicative | ||||||||||||
1268 | // inverse, so return 0. We check this by looking at the next-to-last | ||||||||||||
1269 | // remainder, which is the gcd(*this,modulo) as calculated by the Euclidean | ||||||||||||
1270 | // algorithm. | ||||||||||||
1271 | if (r[i] != 1) | ||||||||||||
1272 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1273 | |||||||||||||
1274 | // The next-to-last t is the multiplicative inverse. However, we are | ||||||||||||
1275 | // interested in a positive inverse. Calculate a positive one from a negative | ||||||||||||
1276 | // one if necessary. A simple addition of the modulo suffices because | ||||||||||||
1277 | // abs(t[i]) is known to be less than *this/2 (see the link above). | ||||||||||||
1278 | if (t[i].isNegative()) | ||||||||||||
1279 | t[i] += modulo; | ||||||||||||
1280 | |||||||||||||
1281 | return std::move(t[i]); | ||||||||||||
1282 | } | ||||||||||||
1283 | |||||||||||||
1284 | /// Implementation of Knuth's Algorithm D (Division of nonnegative integers) | ||||||||||||
1285 | /// from "Art of Computer Programming, Volume 2", section 4.3.1, p. 272. The | ||||||||||||
1286 | /// variables here have the same names as in the algorithm. Comments explain | ||||||||||||
1287 | /// the algorithm and any deviation from it. | ||||||||||||
1288 | static void KnuthDiv(uint32_t *u, uint32_t *v, uint32_t *q, uint32_t* r, | ||||||||||||
1289 | unsigned m, unsigned n) { | ||||||||||||
1290 | assert(u && "Must provide dividend")(static_cast <bool> (u && "Must provide dividend" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("u && \"Must provide dividend\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1290, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1291 | assert(v && "Must provide divisor")(static_cast <bool> (v && "Must provide divisor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("v && \"Must provide divisor\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1291, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1292 | assert(q && "Must provide quotient")(static_cast <bool> (q && "Must provide quotient" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("q && \"Must provide quotient\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1292, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1293 | assert(u != v && u != q && v != q && "Must use different memory")(static_cast <bool> (u != v && u != q && v != q && "Must use different memory") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("u != v && u != q && v != q && \"Must use different memory\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1293, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1294 | assert(n>1 && "n must be > 1")(static_cast <bool> (n>1 && "n must be > 1" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("n>1 && \"n must be > 1\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1294, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1295 | |||||||||||||
1296 | // b denotes the base of the number system. In our case b is 2^32. | ||||||||||||
1297 | const uint64_t b = uint64_t(1) << 32; | ||||||||||||
1298 | |||||||||||||
1299 | // The DEBUG macros here tend to be spam in the debug output if you're not | ||||||||||||
1300 | // debugging this code. Disable them unless KNUTH_DEBUG is defined. | ||||||||||||
1301 | #ifdef KNUTH_DEBUG | ||||||||||||
1302 | #define DEBUG_KNUTH(X)do {} while(false) LLVM_DEBUG(X)do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { X; } } while (false) | ||||||||||||
1303 | #else | ||||||||||||
1304 | #define DEBUG_KNUTH(X)do {} while(false) do {} while(false) | ||||||||||||
1305 | #endif | ||||||||||||
1306 | |||||||||||||
1307 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: m=" << m << " n=" << n << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1308 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: original:")do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1309 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m + n; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << u[i])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1310 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << " by")do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1311 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = n; i > 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << v[i - 1])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1312 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1313 | // D1. [Normalize.] Set d = b / (v[n-1] + 1) and multiply all the digits of | ||||||||||||
1314 | // u and v by d. Note that we have taken Knuth's advice here to use a power | ||||||||||||
1315 | // of 2 value for d such that d * v[n-1] >= b/2 (b is the base). A power of | ||||||||||||
1316 | // 2 allows us to shift instead of multiply and it is easy to determine the | ||||||||||||
1317 | // shift amount from the leading zeros. We are basically normalizing the u | ||||||||||||
1318 | // and v so that its high bits are shifted to the top of v's range without | ||||||||||||
1319 | // overflow. Note that this can require an extra word in u so that u must | ||||||||||||
1320 | // be of length m+n+1. | ||||||||||||
1321 | unsigned shift = llvm::countl_zero(v[n - 1]); | ||||||||||||
1322 | uint32_t v_carry = 0; | ||||||||||||
1323 | uint32_t u_carry = 0; | ||||||||||||
1324 | if (shift) { | ||||||||||||
1325 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < m+n; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
1326 | uint32_t u_tmp = u[i] >> (32 - shift); | ||||||||||||
1327 | u[i] = (u[i] << shift) | u_carry; | ||||||||||||
1328 | u_carry = u_tmp; | ||||||||||||
1329 | } | ||||||||||||
1330 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
1331 | uint32_t v_tmp = v[i] >> (32 - shift); | ||||||||||||
1332 | v[i] = (v[i] << shift) | v_carry; | ||||||||||||
1333 | v_carry = v_tmp; | ||||||||||||
1334 | } | ||||||||||||
1335 | } | ||||||||||||
1336 | u[m+n] = u_carry; | ||||||||||||
1337 | |||||||||||||
1338 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: normal:")do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1339 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m + n; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << u[i])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1340 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << " by")do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1341 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = n; i > 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << v[i - 1])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1342 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1343 | |||||||||||||
1344 | // D2. [Initialize j.] Set j to m. This is the loop counter over the places. | ||||||||||||
1345 | int j = m; | ||||||||||||
1346 | do { | ||||||||||||
1347 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: quotient digit #" << j << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1348 | // D3. [Calculate q'.]. | ||||||||||||
1349 | // Set qp = (u[j+n]*b + u[j+n-1]) / v[n-1]. (qp=qprime=q') | ||||||||||||
1350 | // Set rp = (u[j+n]*b + u[j+n-1]) % v[n-1]. (rp=rprime=r') | ||||||||||||
1351 | // Now test if qp == b or qp*v[n-2] > b*rp + u[j+n-2]; if so, decrease | ||||||||||||
1352 | // qp by 1, increase rp by v[n-1], and repeat this test if rp < b. The test | ||||||||||||
1353 | // on v[n-2] determines at high speed most of the cases in which the trial | ||||||||||||
1354 | // value qp is one too large, and it eliminates all cases where qp is two | ||||||||||||
1355 | // too large. | ||||||||||||
1356 | uint64_t dividend = Make_64(u[j+n], u[j+n-1]); | ||||||||||||
1357 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: dividend == " << dividend << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1358 | uint64_t qp = dividend / v[n-1]; | ||||||||||||
1359 | uint64_t rp = dividend % v[n-1]; | ||||||||||||
1360 | if (qp == b || qp*v[n-2] > b*rp + u[j+n-2]) { | ||||||||||||
1361 | qp--; | ||||||||||||
1362 | rp += v[n-1]; | ||||||||||||
1363 | if (rp < b && (qp == b || qp*v[n-2] > b*rp + u[j+n-2])) | ||||||||||||
1364 | qp--; | ||||||||||||
1365 | } | ||||||||||||
1366 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: qp == " << qp << ", rp == " << rp << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1367 | |||||||||||||
1368 | // D4. [Multiply and subtract.] Replace (u[j+n]u[j+n-1]...u[j]) with | ||||||||||||
1369 | // (u[j+n]u[j+n-1]..u[j]) - qp * (v[n-1]...v[1]v[0]). This computation | ||||||||||||
1370 | // consists of a simple multiplication by a one-place number, combined with | ||||||||||||
1371 | // a subtraction. | ||||||||||||
1372 | // The digits (u[j+n]...u[j]) should be kept positive; if the result of | ||||||||||||
1373 | // this step is actually negative, (u[j+n]...u[j]) should be left as the | ||||||||||||
1374 | // true value plus b**(n+1), namely as the b's complement of | ||||||||||||
1375 | // the true value, and a "borrow" to the left should be remembered. | ||||||||||||
1376 | int64_t borrow = 0; | ||||||||||||
1377 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
1378 | uint64_t p = uint64_t(qp) * uint64_t(v[i]); | ||||||||||||
1379 | int64_t subres = int64_t(u[j+i]) - borrow - Lo_32(p); | ||||||||||||
1380 | u[j+i] = Lo_32(subres); | ||||||||||||
1381 | borrow = Hi_32(p) - Hi_32(subres); | ||||||||||||
1382 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: u[j+i] = " << u[j + i]do {} while(false) | ||||||||||||
1383 | << ", borrow = " << borrow << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1384 | } | ||||||||||||
1385 | bool isNeg = u[j+n] < borrow; | ||||||||||||
1386 | u[j+n] -= Lo_32(borrow); | ||||||||||||
1387 | |||||||||||||
1388 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: after subtraction:")do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1389 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m + n; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << u[i])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1390 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1391 | |||||||||||||
1392 | // D5. [Test remainder.] Set q[j] = qp. If the result of step D4 was | ||||||||||||
1393 | // negative, go to step D6; otherwise go on to step D7. | ||||||||||||
1394 | q[j] = Lo_32(qp); | ||||||||||||
1395 | if (isNeg) { | ||||||||||||
1396 | // D6. [Add back]. The probability that this step is necessary is very | ||||||||||||
1397 | // small, on the order of only 2/b. Make sure that test data accounts for | ||||||||||||
1398 | // this possibility. Decrease q[j] by 1 | ||||||||||||
1399 | q[j]--; | ||||||||||||
1400 | // and add (0v[n-1]...v[1]v[0]) to (u[j+n]u[j+n-1]...u[j+1]u[j]). | ||||||||||||
1401 | // A carry will occur to the left of u[j+n], and it should be ignored | ||||||||||||
1402 | // since it cancels with the borrow that occurred in D4. | ||||||||||||
1403 | bool carry = false; | ||||||||||||
1404 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) { | ||||||||||||
1405 | uint32_t limit = std::min(u[j+i],v[i]); | ||||||||||||
1406 | u[j+i] += v[i] + carry; | ||||||||||||
1407 | carry = u[j+i] < limit || (carry && u[j+i] == limit); | ||||||||||||
1408 | } | ||||||||||||
1409 | u[j+n] += carry; | ||||||||||||
1410 | } | ||||||||||||
1411 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: after correction:")do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1412 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m + n; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << u[i])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1413 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "\nKnuthDiv: digit result = " << q[j] << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1414 | |||||||||||||
1415 | // D7. [Loop on j.] Decrease j by one. Now if j >= 0, go back to D3. | ||||||||||||
1416 | } while (--j >= 0); | ||||||||||||
1417 | |||||||||||||
1418 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: quotient:")do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1419 | DEBUG_KNUTH(for (int i = m; i >= 0; i--) dbgs() << " " << q[i])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1420 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1421 | |||||||||||||
1422 | // D8. [Unnormalize]. Now q[...] is the desired quotient, and the desired | ||||||||||||
1423 | // remainder may be obtained by dividing u[...] by d. If r is non-null we | ||||||||||||
1424 | // compute the remainder (urem uses this). | ||||||||||||
1425 | if (r) { | ||||||||||||
1426 | // The value d is expressed by the "shift" value above since we avoided | ||||||||||||
1427 | // multiplication by d by using a shift left. So, all we have to do is | ||||||||||||
1428 | // shift right here. | ||||||||||||
1429 | if (shift) { | ||||||||||||
1430 | uint32_t carry = 0; | ||||||||||||
1431 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << "KnuthDiv: remainder:")do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1432 | for (int i = n-1; i >= 0; i--) { | ||||||||||||
1433 | r[i] = (u[i] >> shift) | carry; | ||||||||||||
1434 | carry = u[i] << (32 - shift); | ||||||||||||
1435 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << " " << r[i])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1436 | } | ||||||||||||
1437 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1438 | for (int i = n-1; i >= 0; i--) { | ||||||||||||
1439 | r[i] = u[i]; | ||||||||||||
1440 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << " " << r[i])do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1441 | } | ||||||||||||
1442 | } | ||||||||||||
1443 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1444 | } | ||||||||||||
1445 | DEBUG_KNUTH(dbgs() << '\n')do {} while(false); | ||||||||||||
1446 | } | ||||||||||||
1447 | |||||||||||||
1448 | void APInt::divide(const WordType *LHS, unsigned lhsWords, const WordType *RHS, | ||||||||||||
1449 | unsigned rhsWords, WordType *Quotient, WordType *Remainder) { | ||||||||||||
1450 | assert(lhsWords >= rhsWords && "Fractional result")(static_cast <bool> (lhsWords >= rhsWords && "Fractional result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("lhsWords >= rhsWords && \"Fractional result\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1450, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1451 | |||||||||||||
1452 | // First, compose the values into an array of 32-bit words instead of | ||||||||||||
1453 | // 64-bit words. This is a necessity of both the "short division" algorithm | ||||||||||||
1454 | // and the Knuth "classical algorithm" which requires there to be native | ||||||||||||
1455 | // operations for +, -, and * on an m bit value with an m*2 bit result. We | ||||||||||||
1456 | // can't use 64-bit operands here because we don't have native results of | ||||||||||||
1457 | // 128-bits. Furthermore, casting the 64-bit values to 32-bit values won't | ||||||||||||
1458 | // work on large-endian machines. | ||||||||||||
1459 | unsigned n = rhsWords * 2; | ||||||||||||
1460 | unsigned m = (lhsWords * 2) - n; | ||||||||||||
1461 | |||||||||||||
1462 | // Allocate space for the temporary values we need either on the stack, if | ||||||||||||
1463 | // it will fit, or on the heap if it won't. | ||||||||||||
1464 | uint32_t SPACE[128]; | ||||||||||||
1465 | uint32_t *U = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1466 | uint32_t *V = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1467 | uint32_t *Q = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1468 | uint32_t *R = nullptr; | ||||||||||||
1469 | if ((Remainder?4:3)*n+2*m+1 <= 128) { | ||||||||||||
1470 | U = &SPACE[0]; | ||||||||||||
1471 | V = &SPACE[m+n+1]; | ||||||||||||
1472 | Q = &SPACE[(m+n+1) + n]; | ||||||||||||
1473 | if (Remainder) | ||||||||||||
1474 | R = &SPACE[(m+n+1) + n + (m+n)]; | ||||||||||||
1475 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1476 | U = new uint32_t[m + n + 1]; | ||||||||||||
1477 | V = new uint32_t[n]; | ||||||||||||
1478 | Q = new uint32_t[m+n]; | ||||||||||||
1479 | if (Remainder) | ||||||||||||
1480 | R = new uint32_t[n]; | ||||||||||||
1481 | } | ||||||||||||
1482 | |||||||||||||
1483 | // Initialize the dividend | ||||||||||||
1484 | memset(U, 0, (m+n+1)*sizeof(uint32_t)); | ||||||||||||
1485 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < lhsWords; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
1486 | uint64_t tmp = LHS[i]; | ||||||||||||
1487 | U[i * 2] = Lo_32(tmp); | ||||||||||||
1488 | U[i * 2 + 1] = Hi_32(tmp); | ||||||||||||
1489 | } | ||||||||||||
1490 | U[m+n] = 0; // this extra word is for "spill" in the Knuth algorithm. | ||||||||||||
1491 | |||||||||||||
1492 | // Initialize the divisor | ||||||||||||
1493 | memset(V, 0, (n)*sizeof(uint32_t)); | ||||||||||||
1494 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < rhsWords; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
1495 | uint64_t tmp = RHS[i]; | ||||||||||||
1496 | V[i * 2] = Lo_32(tmp); | ||||||||||||
1497 | V[i * 2 + 1] = Hi_32(tmp); | ||||||||||||
1498 | } | ||||||||||||
1499 | |||||||||||||
1500 | // initialize the quotient and remainder | ||||||||||||
1501 | memset(Q, 0, (m+n) * sizeof(uint32_t)); | ||||||||||||
1502 | if (Remainder) | ||||||||||||
1503 | memset(R, 0, n * sizeof(uint32_t)); | ||||||||||||
1504 | |||||||||||||
1505 | // Now, adjust m and n for the Knuth division. n is the number of words in | ||||||||||||
1506 | // the divisor. m is the number of words by which the dividend exceeds the | ||||||||||||
1507 | // divisor (i.e. m+n is the length of the dividend). These sizes must not | ||||||||||||
1508 | // contain any zero words or the Knuth algorithm fails. | ||||||||||||
1509 | for (unsigned i = n; i > 0 && V[i-1] == 0; i--) { | ||||||||||||
1510 | n--; | ||||||||||||
1511 | m++; | ||||||||||||
1512 | } | ||||||||||||
1513 | for (unsigned i = m+n; i > 0 && U[i-1] == 0; i--) | ||||||||||||
1514 | m--; | ||||||||||||
1515 | |||||||||||||
1516 | // If we're left with only a single word for the divisor, Knuth doesn't work | ||||||||||||
1517 | // so we implement the short division algorithm here. This is much simpler | ||||||||||||
1518 | // and faster because we are certain that we can divide a 64-bit quantity | ||||||||||||
1519 | // by a 32-bit quantity at hardware speed and short division is simply a | ||||||||||||
1520 | // series of such operations. This is just like doing short division but we | ||||||||||||
1521 | // are using base 2^32 instead of base 10. | ||||||||||||
1522 | assert(n != 0 && "Divide by zero?")(static_cast <bool> (n != 0 && "Divide by zero?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("n != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1522, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1523 | if (n == 1) { | ||||||||||||
1524 | uint32_t divisor = V[0]; | ||||||||||||
1525 | uint32_t remainder = 0; | ||||||||||||
1526 | for (int i = m; i >= 0; i--) { | ||||||||||||
1527 | uint64_t partial_dividend = Make_64(remainder, U[i]); | ||||||||||||
1528 | if (partial_dividend == 0) { | ||||||||||||
1529 | Q[i] = 0; | ||||||||||||
1530 | remainder = 0; | ||||||||||||
1531 | } else if (partial_dividend < divisor) { | ||||||||||||
1532 | Q[i] = 0; | ||||||||||||
1533 | remainder = Lo_32(partial_dividend); | ||||||||||||
1534 | } else if (partial_dividend == divisor) { | ||||||||||||
1535 | Q[i] = 1; | ||||||||||||
1536 | remainder = 0; | ||||||||||||
1537 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1538 | Q[i] = Lo_32(partial_dividend / divisor); | ||||||||||||
1539 | remainder = Lo_32(partial_dividend - (Q[i] * divisor)); | ||||||||||||
1540 | } | ||||||||||||
1541 | } | ||||||||||||
1542 | if (R) | ||||||||||||
1543 | R[0] = remainder; | ||||||||||||
1544 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1545 | // Now we're ready to invoke the Knuth classical divide algorithm. In this | ||||||||||||
1546 | // case n > 1. | ||||||||||||
1547 | KnuthDiv(U, V, Q, R, m, n); | ||||||||||||
1548 | } | ||||||||||||
1549 | |||||||||||||
1550 | // If the caller wants the quotient | ||||||||||||
1551 | if (Quotient) { | ||||||||||||
1552 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < lhsWords; ++i) | ||||||||||||
1553 | Quotient[i] = Make_64(Q[i*2+1], Q[i*2]); | ||||||||||||
1554 | } | ||||||||||||
1555 | |||||||||||||
1556 | // If the caller wants the remainder | ||||||||||||
1557 | if (Remainder) { | ||||||||||||
1558 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < rhsWords; ++i) | ||||||||||||
1559 | Remainder[i] = Make_64(R[i*2+1], R[i*2]); | ||||||||||||
1560 | } | ||||||||||||
1561 | |||||||||||||
1562 | // Clean up the memory we allocated. | ||||||||||||
1563 | if (U != &SPACE[0]) { | ||||||||||||
1564 | delete [] U; | ||||||||||||
1565 | delete [] V; | ||||||||||||
1566 | delete [] Q; | ||||||||||||
1567 | delete [] R; | ||||||||||||
1568 | } | ||||||||||||
1569 | } | ||||||||||||
1570 | |||||||||||||
1571 | APInt APInt::udiv(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
1572 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1572, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1573 | |||||||||||||
1574 | // First, deal with the easy case | ||||||||||||
1575 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
1576 | assert(RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Divide by zero?")(static_cast <bool> (RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Divide by zero?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS.U.VAL != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1576, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1577 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.VAL / RHS.U.VAL); | ||||||||||||
1578 | } | ||||||||||||
1579 | |||||||||||||
1580 | // Get some facts about the LHS and RHS number of bits and words | ||||||||||||
1581 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(getActiveBits()); | ||||||||||||
1582 | unsigned rhsBits = RHS.getActiveBits(); | ||||||||||||
1583 | unsigned rhsWords = getNumWords(rhsBits); | ||||||||||||
1584 | assert(rhsWords && "Divided by zero???")(static_cast <bool> (rhsWords && "Divided by zero???" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("rhsWords && \"Divided by zero???\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1584, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1585 | |||||||||||||
1586 | // Deal with some degenerate cases | ||||||||||||
1587 | if (!lhsWords) | ||||||||||||
1588 | // 0 / X ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1589 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1590 | if (rhsBits == 1) | ||||||||||||
1591 | // X / 1 ===> X | ||||||||||||
1592 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1593 | if (lhsWords < rhsWords || this->ult(RHS)) | ||||||||||||
1594 | // X / Y ===> 0, iff X < Y | ||||||||||||
1595 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1596 | if (*this == RHS) | ||||||||||||
1597 | // X / X ===> 1 | ||||||||||||
1598 | return APInt(BitWidth, 1); | ||||||||||||
1599 | if (lhsWords == 1) // rhsWords is 1 if lhsWords is 1. | ||||||||||||
1600 | // All high words are zero, just use native divide | ||||||||||||
1601 | return APInt(BitWidth, this->U.pVal[0] / RHS.U.pVal[0]); | ||||||||||||
1602 | |||||||||||||
1603 | // We have to compute it the hard way. Invoke the Knuth divide algorithm. | ||||||||||||
1604 | APInt Quotient(BitWidth, 0); // to hold result. | ||||||||||||
1605 | divide(U.pVal, lhsWords, RHS.U.pVal, rhsWords, Quotient.U.pVal, nullptr); | ||||||||||||
1606 | return Quotient; | ||||||||||||
1607 | } | ||||||||||||
1608 | |||||||||||||
1609 | APInt APInt::udiv(uint64_t RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
1610 | assert(RHS != 0 && "Divide by zero?")(static_cast <bool> (RHS != 0 && "Divide by zero?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1610, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1611 | |||||||||||||
1612 | // First, deal with the easy case | ||||||||||||
1613 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
1614 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.VAL / RHS); | ||||||||||||
1615 | |||||||||||||
1616 | // Get some facts about the LHS words. | ||||||||||||
1617 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(getActiveBits()); | ||||||||||||
1618 | |||||||||||||
1619 | // Deal with some degenerate cases | ||||||||||||
1620 | if (!lhsWords) | ||||||||||||
1621 | // 0 / X ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1622 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1623 | if (RHS == 1) | ||||||||||||
1624 | // X / 1 ===> X | ||||||||||||
1625 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1626 | if (this->ult(RHS)) | ||||||||||||
1627 | // X / Y ===> 0, iff X < Y | ||||||||||||
1628 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1629 | if (*this == RHS) | ||||||||||||
1630 | // X / X ===> 1 | ||||||||||||
1631 | return APInt(BitWidth, 1); | ||||||||||||
1632 | if (lhsWords == 1) // rhsWords is 1 if lhsWords is 1. | ||||||||||||
1633 | // All high words are zero, just use native divide | ||||||||||||
1634 | return APInt(BitWidth, this->U.pVal[0] / RHS); | ||||||||||||
1635 | |||||||||||||
1636 | // We have to compute it the hard way. Invoke the Knuth divide algorithm. | ||||||||||||
1637 | APInt Quotient(BitWidth, 0); // to hold result. | ||||||||||||
1638 | divide(U.pVal, lhsWords, &RHS, 1, Quotient.U.pVal, nullptr); | ||||||||||||
1639 | return Quotient; | ||||||||||||
1640 | } | ||||||||||||
1641 | |||||||||||||
1642 | APInt APInt::sdiv(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
1643 | if (isNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
1644 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||||||||||
1645 | return (-(*this)).udiv(-RHS); | ||||||||||||
1646 | return -((-(*this)).udiv(RHS)); | ||||||||||||
1647 | } | ||||||||||||
1648 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||||||||||
1649 | return -(this->udiv(-RHS)); | ||||||||||||
1650 | return this->udiv(RHS); | ||||||||||||
1651 | } | ||||||||||||
1652 | |||||||||||||
1653 | APInt APInt::sdiv(int64_t RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
1654 | if (isNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
1655 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||||||||||
1656 | return (-(*this)).udiv(-RHS); | ||||||||||||
1657 | return -((-(*this)).udiv(RHS)); | ||||||||||||
1658 | } | ||||||||||||
1659 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||||||||||
1660 | return -(this->udiv(-RHS)); | ||||||||||||
1661 | return this->udiv(RHS); | ||||||||||||
1662 | } | ||||||||||||
1663 | |||||||||||||
1664 | APInt APInt::urem(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
1665 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1665, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1666 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
1667 | assert(RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Remainder by zero?")(static_cast <bool> (RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Remainder by zero?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS.U.VAL != 0 && \"Remainder by zero?\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1667, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1668 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.VAL % RHS.U.VAL); | ||||||||||||
1669 | } | ||||||||||||
1670 | |||||||||||||
1671 | // Get some facts about the LHS | ||||||||||||
1672 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(getActiveBits()); | ||||||||||||
1673 | |||||||||||||
1674 | // Get some facts about the RHS | ||||||||||||
1675 | unsigned rhsBits = RHS.getActiveBits(); | ||||||||||||
1676 | unsigned rhsWords = getNumWords(rhsBits); | ||||||||||||
1677 | assert(rhsWords && "Performing remainder operation by zero ???")(static_cast <bool> (rhsWords && "Performing remainder operation by zero ???" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("rhsWords && \"Performing remainder operation by zero ???\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1677, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1678 | |||||||||||||
1679 | // Check the degenerate cases | ||||||||||||
1680 | if (lhsWords == 0) | ||||||||||||
1681 | // 0 % Y ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1682 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1683 | if (rhsBits == 1) | ||||||||||||
1684 | // X % 1 ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1685 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1686 | if (lhsWords < rhsWords || this->ult(RHS)) | ||||||||||||
1687 | // X % Y ===> X, iff X < Y | ||||||||||||
1688 | return *this; | ||||||||||||
1689 | if (*this == RHS) | ||||||||||||
1690 | // X % X == 0; | ||||||||||||
1691 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1692 | if (lhsWords == 1) | ||||||||||||
1693 | // All high words are zero, just use native remainder | ||||||||||||
1694 | return APInt(BitWidth, U.pVal[0] % RHS.U.pVal[0]); | ||||||||||||
1695 | |||||||||||||
1696 | // We have to compute it the hard way. Invoke the Knuth divide algorithm. | ||||||||||||
1697 | APInt Remainder(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1698 | divide(U.pVal, lhsWords, RHS.U.pVal, rhsWords, nullptr, Remainder.U.pVal); | ||||||||||||
1699 | return Remainder; | ||||||||||||
1700 | } | ||||||||||||
1701 | |||||||||||||
1702 | uint64_t APInt::urem(uint64_t RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
1703 | assert(RHS != 0 && "Remainder by zero?")(static_cast <bool> (RHS != 0 && "Remainder by zero?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS != 0 && \"Remainder by zero?\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1703, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1704 | |||||||||||||
1705 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
1706 | return U.VAL % RHS; | ||||||||||||
1707 | |||||||||||||
1708 | // Get some facts about the LHS | ||||||||||||
1709 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(getActiveBits()); | ||||||||||||
1710 | |||||||||||||
1711 | // Check the degenerate cases | ||||||||||||
1712 | if (lhsWords == 0) | ||||||||||||
1713 | // 0 % Y ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1714 | return 0; | ||||||||||||
1715 | if (RHS == 1) | ||||||||||||
1716 | // X % 1 ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1717 | return 0; | ||||||||||||
1718 | if (this->ult(RHS)) | ||||||||||||
1719 | // X % Y ===> X, iff X < Y | ||||||||||||
1720 | return getZExtValue(); | ||||||||||||
1721 | if (*this == RHS) | ||||||||||||
1722 | // X % X == 0; | ||||||||||||
1723 | return 0; | ||||||||||||
1724 | if (lhsWords == 1) | ||||||||||||
1725 | // All high words are zero, just use native remainder | ||||||||||||
1726 | return U.pVal[0] % RHS; | ||||||||||||
1727 | |||||||||||||
1728 | // We have to compute it the hard way. Invoke the Knuth divide algorithm. | ||||||||||||
1729 | uint64_t Remainder; | ||||||||||||
1730 | divide(U.pVal, lhsWords, &RHS, 1, nullptr, &Remainder); | ||||||||||||
1731 | return Remainder; | ||||||||||||
1732 | } | ||||||||||||
1733 | |||||||||||||
1734 | APInt APInt::srem(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
1735 | if (isNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
1736 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||||||||||
1737 | return -((-(*this)).urem(-RHS)); | ||||||||||||
1738 | return -((-(*this)).urem(RHS)); | ||||||||||||
1739 | } | ||||||||||||
1740 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||||||||||
1741 | return this->urem(-RHS); | ||||||||||||
1742 | return this->urem(RHS); | ||||||||||||
1743 | } | ||||||||||||
1744 | |||||||||||||
1745 | int64_t APInt::srem(int64_t RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
1746 | if (isNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
1747 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||||||||||
1748 | return -((-(*this)).urem(-RHS)); | ||||||||||||
1749 | return -((-(*this)).urem(RHS)); | ||||||||||||
1750 | } | ||||||||||||
1751 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||||||||||
1752 | return this->urem(-RHS); | ||||||||||||
1753 | return this->urem(RHS); | ||||||||||||
1754 | } | ||||||||||||
1755 | |||||||||||||
1756 | void APInt::udivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, | ||||||||||||
1757 | APInt &Quotient, APInt &Remainder) { | ||||||||||||
1758 | assert(LHS.BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (LHS.BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS.BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1758, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1759 | unsigned BitWidth = LHS.BitWidth; | ||||||||||||
1760 | |||||||||||||
1761 | // First, deal with the easy case | ||||||||||||
1762 | if (LHS.isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
1763 | assert(RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Divide by zero?")(static_cast <bool> (RHS.U.VAL != 0 && "Divide by zero?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS.U.VAL != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1763, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1764 | uint64_t QuotVal = LHS.U.VAL / RHS.U.VAL; | ||||||||||||
1765 | uint64_t RemVal = LHS.U.VAL % RHS.U.VAL; | ||||||||||||
1766 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, QuotVal); | ||||||||||||
1767 | Remainder = APInt(BitWidth, RemVal); | ||||||||||||
1768 | return; | ||||||||||||
1769 | } | ||||||||||||
1770 | |||||||||||||
1771 | // Get some size facts about the dividend and divisor | ||||||||||||
1772 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(LHS.getActiveBits()); | ||||||||||||
1773 | unsigned rhsBits = RHS.getActiveBits(); | ||||||||||||
1774 | unsigned rhsWords = getNumWords(rhsBits); | ||||||||||||
1775 | assert(rhsWords && "Performing divrem operation by zero ???")(static_cast <bool> (rhsWords && "Performing divrem operation by zero ???" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("rhsWords && \"Performing divrem operation by zero ???\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1775, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1776 | |||||||||||||
1777 | // Check the degenerate cases | ||||||||||||
1778 | if (lhsWords == 0) { | ||||||||||||
1779 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // 0 / Y ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1780 | Remainder = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // 0 % Y ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1781 | return; | ||||||||||||
1782 | } | ||||||||||||
1783 | |||||||||||||
1784 | if (rhsBits == 1) { | ||||||||||||
1785 | Quotient = LHS; // X / 1 ===> X | ||||||||||||
1786 | Remainder = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // X % 1 ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1787 | } | ||||||||||||
1788 | |||||||||||||
1789 | if (lhsWords < rhsWords || LHS.ult(RHS)) { | ||||||||||||
1790 | Remainder = LHS; // X % Y ===> X, iff X < Y | ||||||||||||
1791 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // X / Y ===> 0, iff X < Y | ||||||||||||
1792 | return; | ||||||||||||
1793 | } | ||||||||||||
1794 | |||||||||||||
1795 | if (LHS == RHS) { | ||||||||||||
1796 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 1); // X / X ===> 1 | ||||||||||||
1797 | Remainder = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // X % X ===> 0; | ||||||||||||
1798 | return; | ||||||||||||
1799 | } | ||||||||||||
1800 | |||||||||||||
1801 | // Make sure there is enough space to hold the results. | ||||||||||||
1802 | // NOTE: This assumes that reallocate won't affect any bits if it doesn't | ||||||||||||
1803 | // change the size. This is necessary if Quotient or Remainder is aliased | ||||||||||||
1804 | // with LHS or RHS. | ||||||||||||
1805 | Quotient.reallocate(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
1806 | Remainder.reallocate(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
1807 | |||||||||||||
1808 | if (lhsWords == 1) { // rhsWords is 1 if lhsWords is 1. | ||||||||||||
1809 | // There is only one word to consider so use the native versions. | ||||||||||||
1810 | uint64_t lhsValue = LHS.U.pVal[0]; | ||||||||||||
1811 | uint64_t rhsValue = RHS.U.pVal[0]; | ||||||||||||
1812 | Quotient = lhsValue / rhsValue; | ||||||||||||
1813 | Remainder = lhsValue % rhsValue; | ||||||||||||
1814 | return; | ||||||||||||
1815 | } | ||||||||||||
1816 | |||||||||||||
1817 | // Okay, lets do it the long way | ||||||||||||
1818 | divide(LHS.U.pVal, lhsWords, RHS.U.pVal, rhsWords, Quotient.U.pVal, | ||||||||||||
1819 | Remainder.U.pVal); | ||||||||||||
1820 | // Clear the rest of the Quotient and Remainder. | ||||||||||||
1821 | std::memset(Quotient.U.pVal + lhsWords, 0, | ||||||||||||
1822 | (getNumWords(BitWidth) - lhsWords) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
1823 | std::memset(Remainder.U.pVal + rhsWords, 0, | ||||||||||||
1824 | (getNumWords(BitWidth) - rhsWords) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
1825 | } | ||||||||||||
1826 | |||||||||||||
1827 | void APInt::udivrem(const APInt &LHS, uint64_t RHS, APInt &Quotient, | ||||||||||||
1828 | uint64_t &Remainder) { | ||||||||||||
1829 | assert(RHS != 0 && "Divide by zero?")(static_cast <bool> (RHS != 0 && "Divide by zero?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS != 0 && \"Divide by zero?\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 1829, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
1830 | unsigned BitWidth = LHS.BitWidth; | ||||||||||||
1831 | |||||||||||||
1832 | // First, deal with the easy case | ||||||||||||
1833 | if (LHS.isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
1834 | uint64_t QuotVal = LHS.U.VAL / RHS; | ||||||||||||
1835 | Remainder = LHS.U.VAL % RHS; | ||||||||||||
1836 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, QuotVal); | ||||||||||||
1837 | return; | ||||||||||||
1838 | } | ||||||||||||
1839 | |||||||||||||
1840 | // Get some size facts about the dividend and divisor | ||||||||||||
1841 | unsigned lhsWords = getNumWords(LHS.getActiveBits()); | ||||||||||||
1842 | |||||||||||||
1843 | // Check the degenerate cases | ||||||||||||
1844 | if (lhsWords == 0) { | ||||||||||||
1845 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // 0 / Y ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1846 | Remainder = 0; // 0 % Y ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1847 | return; | ||||||||||||
1848 | } | ||||||||||||
1849 | |||||||||||||
1850 | if (RHS
| ||||||||||||
1851 | Quotient = LHS; // X / 1 ===> X | ||||||||||||
1852 | Remainder = 0; // X % 1 ===> 0 | ||||||||||||
1853 | return; | ||||||||||||
1854 | } | ||||||||||||
1855 | |||||||||||||
1856 | if (LHS.ult(RHS)) { | ||||||||||||
1857 | Remainder = LHS.getZExtValue(); // X % Y ===> X, iff X < Y | ||||||||||||
1858 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 0); // X / Y ===> 0, iff X < Y | ||||||||||||
1859 | return; | ||||||||||||
1860 | } | ||||||||||||
1861 | |||||||||||||
1862 | if (LHS == RHS) { | ||||||||||||
1863 | Quotient = APInt(BitWidth, 1); // X / X ===> 1 | ||||||||||||
1864 | Remainder = 0; // X % X ===> 0; | ||||||||||||
1865 | return; | ||||||||||||
1866 | } | ||||||||||||
1867 | |||||||||||||
1868 | // Make sure there is enough space to hold the results. | ||||||||||||
1869 | // NOTE: This assumes that reallocate won't affect any bits if it doesn't | ||||||||||||
1870 | // change the size. This is necessary if Quotient is aliased with LHS. | ||||||||||||
1871 | Quotient.reallocate(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
1872 | |||||||||||||
1873 | if (lhsWords == 1) { // rhsWords is 1 if lhsWords is 1. | ||||||||||||
1874 | // There is only one word to consider so use the native versions. | ||||||||||||
1875 | uint64_t lhsValue = LHS.U.pVal[0]; | ||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||
1876 | Quotient = lhsValue / RHS; | ||||||||||||
1877 | Remainder = lhsValue % RHS; | ||||||||||||
1878 | return; | ||||||||||||
1879 | } | ||||||||||||
1880 | |||||||||||||
1881 | // Okay, lets do it the long way | ||||||||||||
1882 | divide(LHS.U.pVal, lhsWords, &RHS, 1, Quotient.U.pVal, &Remainder); | ||||||||||||
1883 | // Clear the rest of the Quotient. | ||||||||||||
1884 | std::memset(Quotient.U.pVal + lhsWords, 0, | ||||||||||||
1885 | (getNumWords(BitWidth) - lhsWords) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
1886 | } | ||||||||||||
1887 | |||||||||||||
1888 | void APInt::sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, | ||||||||||||
1889 | APInt &Quotient, APInt &Remainder) { | ||||||||||||
1890 | if (LHS.isNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
1891 | if (RHS.isNegative()) | ||||||||||||
1892 | APInt::udivrem(-LHS, -RHS, Quotient, Remainder); | ||||||||||||
1893 | else { | ||||||||||||
1894 | APInt::udivrem(-LHS, RHS, Quotient, Remainder); | ||||||||||||
1895 | Quotient.negate(); | ||||||||||||
1896 | } | ||||||||||||
1897 | Remainder.negate(); | ||||||||||||
1898 | } else if (RHS.isNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
1899 | APInt::udivrem(LHS, -RHS, Quotient, Remainder); | ||||||||||||
1900 | Quotient.negate(); | ||||||||||||
1901 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1902 | APInt::udivrem(LHS, RHS, Quotient, Remainder); | ||||||||||||
1903 | } | ||||||||||||
1904 | } | ||||||||||||
1905 | |||||||||||||
1906 | void APInt::sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, int64_t RHS, | ||||||||||||
1907 | APInt &Quotient, int64_t &Remainder) { | ||||||||||||
1908 | uint64_t R = Remainder; | ||||||||||||
1909 | if (LHS.isNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
1910 | if (RHS < 0) | ||||||||||||
1911 | APInt::udivrem(-LHS, -RHS, Quotient, R); | ||||||||||||
1912 | else { | ||||||||||||
1913 | APInt::udivrem(-LHS, RHS, Quotient, R); | ||||||||||||
1914 | Quotient.negate(); | ||||||||||||
1915 | } | ||||||||||||
1916 | R = -R; | ||||||||||||
1917 | } else if (RHS < 0) { | ||||||||||||
1918 | APInt::udivrem(LHS, -RHS, Quotient, R); | ||||||||||||
1919 | Quotient.negate(); | ||||||||||||
1920 | } else { | ||||||||||||
1921 | APInt::udivrem(LHS, RHS, Quotient, R); | ||||||||||||
1922 | } | ||||||||||||
1923 | Remainder = R; | ||||||||||||
1924 | } | ||||||||||||
1925 | |||||||||||||
1926 | APInt APInt::sadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
1927 | APInt Res = *this+RHS; | ||||||||||||
1928 | Overflow = isNonNegative() == RHS.isNonNegative() && | ||||||||||||
1929 | Res.isNonNegative() != isNonNegative(); | ||||||||||||
1930 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
1931 | } | ||||||||||||
1932 | |||||||||||||
1933 | APInt APInt::uadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
1934 | APInt Res = *this+RHS; | ||||||||||||
1935 | Overflow = Res.ult(RHS); | ||||||||||||
1936 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
1937 | } | ||||||||||||
1938 | |||||||||||||
1939 | APInt APInt::ssub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
1940 | APInt Res = *this - RHS; | ||||||||||||
1941 | Overflow = isNonNegative() != RHS.isNonNegative() && | ||||||||||||
1942 | Res.isNonNegative() != isNonNegative(); | ||||||||||||
1943 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
1944 | } | ||||||||||||
1945 | |||||||||||||
1946 | APInt APInt::usub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
1947 | APInt Res = *this-RHS; | ||||||||||||
1948 | Overflow = Res.ugt(*this); | ||||||||||||
1949 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
1950 | } | ||||||||||||
1951 | |||||||||||||
1952 | APInt APInt::sdiv_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
1953 | // MININT/-1 --> overflow. | ||||||||||||
1954 | Overflow = isMinSignedValue() && RHS.isAllOnes(); | ||||||||||||
1955 | return sdiv(RHS); | ||||||||||||
1956 | } | ||||||||||||
1957 | |||||||||||||
1958 | APInt APInt::smul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
1959 | APInt Res = *this * RHS; | ||||||||||||
1960 | |||||||||||||
1961 | if (RHS != 0) | ||||||||||||
1962 | Overflow = Res.sdiv(RHS) != *this || | ||||||||||||
1963 | (isMinSignedValue() && RHS.isAllOnes()); | ||||||||||||
1964 | else | ||||||||||||
1965 | Overflow = false; | ||||||||||||
1966 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
1967 | } | ||||||||||||
1968 | |||||||||||||
1969 | APInt APInt::umul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
1970 | if (countl_zero() + RHS.countl_zero() + 2 <= BitWidth) { | ||||||||||||
1971 | Overflow = true; | ||||||||||||
1972 | return *this * RHS; | ||||||||||||
1973 | } | ||||||||||||
1974 | |||||||||||||
1975 | APInt Res = lshr(1) * RHS; | ||||||||||||
1976 | Overflow = Res.isNegative(); | ||||||||||||
1977 | Res <<= 1; | ||||||||||||
1978 | if ((*this)[0]) { | ||||||||||||
1979 | Res += RHS; | ||||||||||||
1980 | if (Res.ult(RHS)) | ||||||||||||
1981 | Overflow = true; | ||||||||||||
1982 | } | ||||||||||||
1983 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
1984 | } | ||||||||||||
1985 | |||||||||||||
1986 | APInt APInt::sshl_ov(const APInt &ShAmt, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
1987 | Overflow = ShAmt.uge(getBitWidth()); | ||||||||||||
1988 | if (Overflow) | ||||||||||||
1989 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
1990 | |||||||||||||
1991 | if (isNonNegative()) // Don't allow sign change. | ||||||||||||
1992 | Overflow = ShAmt.uge(countl_zero()); | ||||||||||||
1993 | else | ||||||||||||
1994 | Overflow = ShAmt.uge(countl_one()); | ||||||||||||
1995 | |||||||||||||
1996 | return *this << ShAmt; | ||||||||||||
1997 | } | ||||||||||||
1998 | |||||||||||||
1999 | APInt APInt::ushl_ov(const APInt &ShAmt, bool &Overflow) const { | ||||||||||||
2000 | Overflow = ShAmt.uge(getBitWidth()); | ||||||||||||
2001 | if (Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2002 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
2003 | |||||||||||||
2004 | Overflow = ShAmt.ugt(countl_zero()); | ||||||||||||
2005 | |||||||||||||
2006 | return *this << ShAmt; | ||||||||||||
2007 | } | ||||||||||||
2008 | |||||||||||||
2009 | APInt APInt::sadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
2010 | bool Overflow; | ||||||||||||
2011 | APInt Res = sadd_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||||||||||
2012 | if (!Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2013 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
2014 | |||||||||||||
2015 | return isNegative() ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) | ||||||||||||
2016 | : APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
2017 | } | ||||||||||||
2018 | |||||||||||||
2019 | APInt APInt::uadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
2020 | bool Overflow; | ||||||||||||
2021 | APInt Res = uadd_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||||||||||
2022 | if (!Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2023 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
2024 | |||||||||||||
2025 | return APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
2026 | } | ||||||||||||
2027 | |||||||||||||
2028 | APInt APInt::ssub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
2029 | bool Overflow; | ||||||||||||
2030 | APInt Res = ssub_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||||||||||
2031 | if (!Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2032 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
2033 | |||||||||||||
2034 | return isNegative() ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) | ||||||||||||
2035 | : APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
2036 | } | ||||||||||||
2037 | |||||||||||||
2038 | APInt APInt::usub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
2039 | bool Overflow; | ||||||||||||
2040 | APInt Res = usub_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||||||||||
2041 | if (!Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2042 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
2043 | |||||||||||||
2044 | return APInt(BitWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
2045 | } | ||||||||||||
2046 | |||||||||||||
2047 | APInt APInt::smul_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
2048 | bool Overflow; | ||||||||||||
2049 | APInt Res = smul_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||||||||||
2050 | if (!Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2051 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
2052 | |||||||||||||
2053 | // The result is negative if one and only one of inputs is negative. | ||||||||||||
2054 | bool ResIsNegative = isNegative() ^ RHS.isNegative(); | ||||||||||||
2055 | |||||||||||||
2056 | return ResIsNegative ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) | ||||||||||||
2057 | : APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
2058 | } | ||||||||||||
2059 | |||||||||||||
2060 | APInt APInt::umul_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
2061 | bool Overflow; | ||||||||||||
2062 | APInt Res = umul_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||||||||||
2063 | if (!Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2064 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
2065 | |||||||||||||
2066 | return APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
2067 | } | ||||||||||||
2068 | |||||||||||||
2069 | APInt APInt::sshl_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
2070 | bool Overflow; | ||||||||||||
2071 | APInt Res = sshl_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||||||||||
2072 | if (!Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2073 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
2074 | |||||||||||||
2075 | return isNegative() ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) | ||||||||||||
2076 | : APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
2077 | } | ||||||||||||
2078 | |||||||||||||
2079 | APInt APInt::ushl_sat(const APInt &RHS) const { | ||||||||||||
2080 | bool Overflow; | ||||||||||||
2081 | APInt Res = ushl_ov(RHS, Overflow); | ||||||||||||
2082 | if (!Overflow) | ||||||||||||
2083 | return Res; | ||||||||||||
2084 | |||||||||||||
2085 | return APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth); | ||||||||||||
2086 | } | ||||||||||||
2087 | |||||||||||||
2088 | void APInt::fromString(unsigned numbits, StringRef str, uint8_t radix) { | ||||||||||||
2089 | // Check our assumptions here | ||||||||||||
2090 | assert(!str.empty() && "Invalid string length")(static_cast <bool> (!str.empty() && "Invalid string length" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && \"Invalid string length\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2090, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2091 | assert((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 ||(static_cast <bool> ((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2093, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2092 | radix == 36) &&(static_cast <bool> ((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2093, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2093 | "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!")(static_cast <bool> ((radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(radix == 10 || radix == 8 || radix == 16 || radix == 2 || radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2093, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2094 | |||||||||||||
2095 | StringRef::iterator p = str.begin(); | ||||||||||||
2096 | size_t slen = str.size(); | ||||||||||||
2097 | bool isNeg = *p == '-'; | ||||||||||||
2098 | if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') { | ||||||||||||
2099 | p++; | ||||||||||||
2100 | slen--; | ||||||||||||
2101 | assert(slen && "String is only a sign, needs a value.")(static_cast <bool> (slen && "String is only a sign, needs a value." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("slen && \"String is only a sign, needs a value.\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2101, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2102 | } | ||||||||||||
2103 | assert((slen <= numbits || radix != 2) && "Insufficient bit width")(static_cast <bool> ((slen <= numbits || radix != 2) && "Insufficient bit width") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(slen <= numbits || radix != 2) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2103, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2104 | assert(((slen-1)*3 <= numbits || radix != 8) && "Insufficient bit width")(static_cast <bool> (((slen-1)*3 <= numbits || radix != 8) && "Insufficient bit width") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((slen-1)*3 <= numbits || radix != 8) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2104, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2105 | assert(((slen-1)*4 <= numbits || radix != 16) && "Insufficient bit width")(static_cast <bool> (((slen-1)*4 <= numbits || radix != 16) && "Insufficient bit width") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("((slen-1)*4 <= numbits || radix != 16) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2105, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2106 | assert((((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) &&(static_cast <bool> ((((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) && "Insufficient bit width") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2107, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2107 | "Insufficient bit width")(static_cast <bool> ((((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) && "Insufficient bit width") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(((slen-1)*64)/22 <= numbits || radix != 10) && \"Insufficient bit width\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2107, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2108 | |||||||||||||
2109 | // Allocate memory if needed | ||||||||||||
2110 | if (isSingleWord()) | ||||||||||||
2111 | U.VAL = 0; | ||||||||||||
2112 | else | ||||||||||||
2113 | U.pVal = getClearedMemory(getNumWords()); | ||||||||||||
2114 | |||||||||||||
2115 | // Figure out if we can shift instead of multiply | ||||||||||||
2116 | unsigned shift = (radix == 16 ? 4 : radix == 8 ? 3 : radix == 2 ? 1 : 0); | ||||||||||||
2117 | |||||||||||||
2118 | // Enter digit traversal loop | ||||||||||||
2119 | for (StringRef::iterator e = str.end(); p != e; ++p) { | ||||||||||||
2120 | unsigned digit = getDigit(*p, radix); | ||||||||||||
2121 | assert(digit < radix && "Invalid character in digit string")(static_cast <bool> (digit < radix && "Invalid character in digit string" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("digit < radix && \"Invalid character in digit string\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2121, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2122 | |||||||||||||
2123 | // Shift or multiply the value by the radix | ||||||||||||
2124 | if (slen > 1) { | ||||||||||||
2125 | if (shift) | ||||||||||||
2126 | *this <<= shift; | ||||||||||||
2127 | else | ||||||||||||
2128 | *this *= radix; | ||||||||||||
2129 | } | ||||||||||||
2130 | |||||||||||||
2131 | // Add in the digit we just interpreted | ||||||||||||
2132 | *this += digit; | ||||||||||||
2133 | } | ||||||||||||
2134 | // If its negative, put it in two's complement form | ||||||||||||
2135 | if (isNeg) | ||||||||||||
2136 | this->negate(); | ||||||||||||
2137 | } | ||||||||||||
2138 | |||||||||||||
2139 | void APInt::toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix, | ||||||||||||
2140 | bool Signed, bool formatAsCLiteral) const { | ||||||||||||
2141 | assert((Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 ||(static_cast <bool> ((Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2143, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2142 | Radix == 36) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2143, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2143 | "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!")(static_cast <bool> ((Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && "Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Radix == 10 || Radix == 8 || Radix == 16 || Radix == 2 || Radix == 36) && \"Radix should be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2143, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2144 | |||||||||||||
2145 | const char *Prefix = ""; | ||||||||||||
2146 | if (formatAsCLiteral
| ||||||||||||
2147 | switch (Radix) { | ||||||||||||
2148 | case 2: | ||||||||||||
2149 | // Binary literals are a non-standard extension added in gcc 4.3: | ||||||||||||
2150 | // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-4.3.0/gcc/Binary-constants.html | ||||||||||||
2151 | Prefix = "0b"; | ||||||||||||
2152 | break; | ||||||||||||
2153 | case 8: | ||||||||||||
2154 | Prefix = "0"; | ||||||||||||
2155 | break; | ||||||||||||
2156 | case 10: | ||||||||||||
2157 | break; // No prefix | ||||||||||||
2158 | case 16: | ||||||||||||
2159 | Prefix = "0x"; | ||||||||||||
2160 | break; | ||||||||||||
2161 | default: | ||||||||||||
2162 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid radix!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid radix!", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2162); | ||||||||||||
2163 | } | ||||||||||||
2164 | } | ||||||||||||
2165 | |||||||||||||
2166 | // First, check for a zero value and just short circuit the logic below. | ||||||||||||
2167 | if (isZero()) { | ||||||||||||
2168 | while (*Prefix) { | ||||||||||||
2169 | Str.push_back(*Prefix); | ||||||||||||
2170 | ++Prefix; | ||||||||||||
2171 | }; | ||||||||||||
2172 | Str.push_back('0'); | ||||||||||||
2173 | return; | ||||||||||||
2174 | } | ||||||||||||
2175 | |||||||||||||
2176 | static const char Digits[] = "0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"; | ||||||||||||
2177 | |||||||||||||
2178 | if (isSingleWord()) { | ||||||||||||
2179 | char Buffer[65]; | ||||||||||||
2180 | char *BufPtr = std::end(Buffer); | ||||||||||||
2181 | |||||||||||||
2182 | uint64_t N; | ||||||||||||
2183 | if (!Signed) { | ||||||||||||
2184 | N = getZExtValue(); | ||||||||||||
2185 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2186 | int64_t I = getSExtValue(); | ||||||||||||
2187 | if (I >= 0) { | ||||||||||||
2188 | N = I; | ||||||||||||
2189 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2190 | Str.push_back('-'); | ||||||||||||
2191 | N = -(uint64_t)I; | ||||||||||||
2192 | } | ||||||||||||
2193 | } | ||||||||||||
2194 | |||||||||||||
2195 | while (*Prefix) { | ||||||||||||
2196 | Str.push_back(*Prefix); | ||||||||||||
2197 | ++Prefix; | ||||||||||||
2198 | }; | ||||||||||||
2199 | |||||||||||||
2200 | while (N) { | ||||||||||||
2201 | *--BufPtr = Digits[N % Radix]; | ||||||||||||
2202 | N /= Radix; | ||||||||||||
2203 | } | ||||||||||||
2204 | Str.append(BufPtr, std::end(Buffer)); | ||||||||||||
2205 | return; | ||||||||||||
2206 | } | ||||||||||||
2207 | |||||||||||||
2208 | APInt Tmp(*this); | ||||||||||||
2209 | |||||||||||||
2210 | if (Signed
| ||||||||||||
2211 | // They want to print the signed version and it is a negative value | ||||||||||||
2212 | // Flip the bits and add one to turn it into the equivalent positive | ||||||||||||
2213 | // value and put a '-' in the result. | ||||||||||||
2214 | Tmp.negate(); | ||||||||||||
2215 | Str.push_back('-'); | ||||||||||||
2216 | } | ||||||||||||
2217 | |||||||||||||
2218 | while (*Prefix) { | ||||||||||||
2219 | Str.push_back(*Prefix); | ||||||||||||
2220 | ++Prefix; | ||||||||||||
2221 | }; | ||||||||||||
2222 | |||||||||||||
2223 | // We insert the digits backward, then reverse them to get the right order. | ||||||||||||
2224 | unsigned StartDig = Str.size(); | ||||||||||||
2225 | |||||||||||||
2226 | // For the 2, 8 and 16 bit cases, we can just shift instead of divide | ||||||||||||
2227 | // because the number of bits per digit (1, 3 and 4 respectively) divides | ||||||||||||
2228 | // equally. We just shift until the value is zero. | ||||||||||||
2229 | if (Radix
| ||||||||||||
2230 | // Just shift tmp right for each digit width until it becomes zero | ||||||||||||
2231 | unsigned ShiftAmt = (Radix == 16 ? 4 : (Radix == 8 ? 3 : 1)); | ||||||||||||
2232 | unsigned MaskAmt = Radix - 1; | ||||||||||||
2233 | |||||||||||||
2234 | while (Tmp.getBoolValue()) { | ||||||||||||
2235 | unsigned Digit = unsigned(Tmp.getRawData()[0]) & MaskAmt; | ||||||||||||
2236 | Str.push_back(Digits[Digit]); | ||||||||||||
2237 | Tmp.lshrInPlace(ShiftAmt); | ||||||||||||
2238 | } | ||||||||||||
2239 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2240 | while (Tmp.getBoolValue()) { | ||||||||||||
2241 | uint64_t Digit; | ||||||||||||
2242 | udivrem(Tmp, Radix, Tmp, Digit); | ||||||||||||
2243 | assert(Digit < Radix && "divide failed")(static_cast <bool> (Digit < Radix && "divide failed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Digit < Radix && \"divide failed\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2243, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2244 | Str.push_back(Digits[Digit]); | ||||||||||||
2245 | } | ||||||||||||
2246 | } | ||||||||||||
2247 | |||||||||||||
2248 | // Reverse the digits before returning. | ||||||||||||
2249 | std::reverse(Str.begin()+StartDig, Str.end()); | ||||||||||||
2250 | } | ||||||||||||
2251 | |||||||||||||
2252 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) | ||||||||||||
2253 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void APInt::dump() const { | ||||||||||||
2254 | SmallString<40> S, U; | ||||||||||||
2255 | this->toStringUnsigned(U); | ||||||||||||
2256 | this->toStringSigned(S); | ||||||||||||
2257 | dbgs() << "APInt(" << BitWidth << "b, " | ||||||||||||
2258 | << U << "u " << S << "s)\n"; | ||||||||||||
2259 | } | ||||||||||||
2260 | #endif | ||||||||||||
2261 | |||||||||||||
2262 | void APInt::print(raw_ostream &OS, bool isSigned) const { | ||||||||||||
2263 | SmallString<40> S; | ||||||||||||
2264 | this->toString(S, 10, isSigned, /* formatAsCLiteral = */false); | ||||||||||||
2265 | OS << S; | ||||||||||||
2266 | } | ||||||||||||
2267 | |||||||||||||
2268 | // This implements a variety of operations on a representation of | ||||||||||||
2269 | // arbitrary precision, two's-complement, bignum integer values. | ||||||||||||
2270 | |||||||||||||
2271 | // Assumed by lowHalf, highHalf, partMSB and partLSB. A fairly safe | ||||||||||||
2272 | // and unrestricting assumption. | ||||||||||||
2273 | static_assert(APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD % 2 == 0, | ||||||||||||
2274 | "Part width must be divisible by 2!"); | ||||||||||||
2275 | |||||||||||||
2276 | // Returns the integer part with the least significant BITS set. | ||||||||||||
2277 | // BITS cannot be zero. | ||||||||||||
2278 | static inline APInt::WordType lowBitMask(unsigned bits) { | ||||||||||||
2279 | assert(bits != 0 && bits <= APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD)(static_cast <bool> (bits != 0 && bits <= APInt ::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("bits != 0 && bits <= APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2279, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2280 | return ~(APInt::WordType) 0 >> (APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - bits); | ||||||||||||
2281 | } | ||||||||||||
2282 | |||||||||||||
2283 | /// Returns the value of the lower half of PART. | ||||||||||||
2284 | static inline APInt::WordType lowHalf(APInt::WordType part) { | ||||||||||||
2285 | return part & lowBitMask(APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD / 2); | ||||||||||||
2286 | } | ||||||||||||
2287 | |||||||||||||
2288 | /// Returns the value of the upper half of PART. | ||||||||||||
2289 | static inline APInt::WordType highHalf(APInt::WordType part) { | ||||||||||||
2290 | return part >> (APInt::APINT_BITS_PER_WORD / 2); | ||||||||||||
2291 | } | ||||||||||||
2292 | |||||||||||||
2293 | /// Sets the least significant part of a bignum to the input value, and zeroes | ||||||||||||
2294 | /// out higher parts. | ||||||||||||
2295 | void APInt::tcSet(WordType *dst, WordType part, unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2296 | assert(parts > 0)(static_cast <bool> (parts > 0) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("parts > 0", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2296, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
2297 | dst[0] = part; | ||||||||||||
2298 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < parts; i++) | ||||||||||||
2299 | dst[i] = 0; | ||||||||||||
2300 | } | ||||||||||||
2301 | |||||||||||||
2302 | /// Assign one bignum to another. | ||||||||||||
2303 | void APInt::tcAssign(WordType *dst, const WordType *src, unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2304 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||||||||||
2305 | dst[i] = src[i]; | ||||||||||||
2306 | } | ||||||||||||
2307 | |||||||||||||
2308 | /// Returns true if a bignum is zero, false otherwise. | ||||||||||||
2309 | bool APInt::tcIsZero(const WordType *src, unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2310 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||||||||||
2311 | if (src[i]) | ||||||||||||
2312 | return false; | ||||||||||||
2313 | |||||||||||||
2314 | return true; | ||||||||||||
2315 | } | ||||||||||||
2316 | |||||||||||||
2317 | /// Extract the given bit of a bignum; returns 0 or 1. | ||||||||||||
2318 | int APInt::tcExtractBit(const WordType *parts, unsigned bit) { | ||||||||||||
2319 | return (parts[whichWord(bit)] & maskBit(bit)) != 0; | ||||||||||||
2320 | } | ||||||||||||
2321 | |||||||||||||
2322 | /// Set the given bit of a bignum. | ||||||||||||
2323 | void APInt::tcSetBit(WordType *parts, unsigned bit) { | ||||||||||||
2324 | parts[whichWord(bit)] |= maskBit(bit); | ||||||||||||
2325 | } | ||||||||||||
2326 | |||||||||||||
2327 | /// Clears the given bit of a bignum. | ||||||||||||
2328 | void APInt::tcClearBit(WordType *parts, unsigned bit) { | ||||||||||||
2329 | parts[whichWord(bit)] &= ~maskBit(bit); | ||||||||||||
2330 | } | ||||||||||||
2331 | |||||||||||||
2332 | /// Returns the bit number of the least significant set bit of a number. If the | ||||||||||||
2333 | /// input number has no bits set UINT_MAX is returned. | ||||||||||||
2334 | unsigned APInt::tcLSB(const WordType *parts, unsigned n) { | ||||||||||||
2335 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) { | ||||||||||||
2336 | if (parts[i] != 0) { | ||||||||||||
2337 | unsigned lsb = llvm::countr_zero(parts[i]); | ||||||||||||
2338 | return lsb + i * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
2339 | } | ||||||||||||
2340 | } | ||||||||||||
2341 | |||||||||||||
2342 | return UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U); | ||||||||||||
2343 | } | ||||||||||||
2344 | |||||||||||||
2345 | /// Returns the bit number of the most significant set bit of a number. | ||||||||||||
2346 | /// If the input number has no bits set UINT_MAX is returned. | ||||||||||||
2347 | unsigned APInt::tcMSB(const WordType *parts, unsigned n) { | ||||||||||||
2348 | do { | ||||||||||||
2349 | --n; | ||||||||||||
2350 | |||||||||||||
2351 | if (parts[n] != 0) { | ||||||||||||
2352 | static_assert(sizeof(parts[n]) <= sizeof(uint64_t)); | ||||||||||||
2353 | unsigned msb = llvm::Log2_64(parts[n]); | ||||||||||||
2354 | |||||||||||||
2355 | return msb + n * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
2356 | } | ||||||||||||
2357 | } while (n); | ||||||||||||
2358 | |||||||||||||
2359 | return UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U); | ||||||||||||
2360 | } | ||||||||||||
2361 | |||||||||||||
2362 | /// Copy the bit vector of width srcBITS from SRC, starting at bit srcLSB, to | ||||||||||||
2363 | /// DST, of dstCOUNT parts, such that the bit srcLSB becomes the least | ||||||||||||
2364 | /// significant bit of DST. All high bits above srcBITS in DST are zero-filled. | ||||||||||||
2365 | /// */ | ||||||||||||
2366 | void | ||||||||||||
2367 | APInt::tcExtract(WordType *dst, unsigned dstCount, const WordType *src, | ||||||||||||
2368 | unsigned srcBits, unsigned srcLSB) { | ||||||||||||
2369 | unsigned dstParts = (srcBits + APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
2370 | assert(dstParts <= dstCount)(static_cast <bool> (dstParts <= dstCount) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("dstParts <= dstCount", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2370, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
2371 | |||||||||||||
2372 | unsigned firstSrcPart = srcLSB / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
2373 | tcAssign(dst, src + firstSrcPart, dstParts); | ||||||||||||
2374 | |||||||||||||
2375 | unsigned shift = srcLSB % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
2376 | tcShiftRight(dst, dstParts, shift); | ||||||||||||
2377 | |||||||||||||
2378 | // We now have (dstParts * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - shift) bits from SRC | ||||||||||||
2379 | // in DST. If this is less that srcBits, append the rest, else | ||||||||||||
2380 | // clear the high bits. | ||||||||||||
2381 | unsigned n = dstParts * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - shift; | ||||||||||||
2382 | if (n < srcBits) { | ||||||||||||
2383 | WordType mask = lowBitMask (srcBits - n); | ||||||||||||
2384 | dst[dstParts - 1] |= ((src[firstSrcPart + dstParts] & mask) | ||||||||||||
2385 | << n % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||||||||||
2386 | } else if (n > srcBits) { | ||||||||||||
2387 | if (srcBits % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) | ||||||||||||
2388 | dst[dstParts - 1] &= lowBitMask (srcBits % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||||||||||
2389 | } | ||||||||||||
2390 | |||||||||||||
2391 | // Clear high parts. | ||||||||||||
2392 | while (dstParts < dstCount) | ||||||||||||
2393 | dst[dstParts++] = 0; | ||||||||||||
2394 | } | ||||||||||||
2395 | |||||||||||||
2396 | //// DST += RHS + C where C is zero or one. Returns the carry flag. | ||||||||||||
2397 | APInt::WordType APInt::tcAdd(WordType *dst, const WordType *rhs, | ||||||||||||
2398 | WordType c, unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2399 | assert(c <= 1)(static_cast <bool> (c <= 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("c <= 1", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2399, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
2400 | |||||||||||||
2401 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) { | ||||||||||||
2402 | WordType l = dst[i]; | ||||||||||||
2403 | if (c) { | ||||||||||||
2404 | dst[i] += rhs[i] + 1; | ||||||||||||
2405 | c = (dst[i] <= l); | ||||||||||||
2406 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2407 | dst[i] += rhs[i]; | ||||||||||||
2408 | c = (dst[i] < l); | ||||||||||||
2409 | } | ||||||||||||
2410 | } | ||||||||||||
2411 | |||||||||||||
2412 | return c; | ||||||||||||
2413 | } | ||||||||||||
2414 | |||||||||||||
2415 | /// This function adds a single "word" integer, src, to the multiple | ||||||||||||
2416 | /// "word" integer array, dst[]. dst[] is modified to reflect the addition and | ||||||||||||
2417 | /// 1 is returned if there is a carry out, otherwise 0 is returned. | ||||||||||||
2418 | /// @returns the carry of the addition. | ||||||||||||
2419 | APInt::WordType APInt::tcAddPart(WordType *dst, WordType src, | ||||||||||||
2420 | unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2421 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
2422 | dst[i] += src; | ||||||||||||
2423 | if (dst[i] >= src) | ||||||||||||
2424 | return 0; // No need to carry so exit early. | ||||||||||||
2425 | src = 1; // Carry one to next digit. | ||||||||||||
2426 | } | ||||||||||||
2427 | |||||||||||||
2428 | return 1; | ||||||||||||
2429 | } | ||||||||||||
2430 | |||||||||||||
2431 | /// DST -= RHS + C where C is zero or one. Returns the carry flag. | ||||||||||||
2432 | APInt::WordType APInt::tcSubtract(WordType *dst, const WordType *rhs, | ||||||||||||
2433 | WordType c, unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2434 | assert(c <= 1)(static_cast <bool> (c <= 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("c <= 1", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2434, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
2435 | |||||||||||||
2436 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) { | ||||||||||||
2437 | WordType l = dst[i]; | ||||||||||||
2438 | if (c) { | ||||||||||||
2439 | dst[i] -= rhs[i] + 1; | ||||||||||||
2440 | c = (dst[i] >= l); | ||||||||||||
2441 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2442 | dst[i] -= rhs[i]; | ||||||||||||
2443 | c = (dst[i] > l); | ||||||||||||
2444 | } | ||||||||||||
2445 | } | ||||||||||||
2446 | |||||||||||||
2447 | return c; | ||||||||||||
2448 | } | ||||||||||||
2449 | |||||||||||||
2450 | /// This function subtracts a single "word" (64-bit word), src, from | ||||||||||||
2451 | /// the multi-word integer array, dst[], propagating the borrowed 1 value until | ||||||||||||
2452 | /// no further borrowing is needed or it runs out of "words" in dst. The result | ||||||||||||
2453 | /// is 1 if "borrowing" exhausted the digits in dst, or 0 if dst was not | ||||||||||||
2454 | /// exhausted. In other words, if src > dst then this function returns 1, | ||||||||||||
2455 | /// otherwise 0. | ||||||||||||
2456 | /// @returns the borrow out of the subtraction | ||||||||||||
2457 | APInt::WordType APInt::tcSubtractPart(WordType *dst, WordType src, | ||||||||||||
2458 | unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2459 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
2460 | WordType Dst = dst[i]; | ||||||||||||
2461 | dst[i] -= src; | ||||||||||||
2462 | if (src <= Dst) | ||||||||||||
2463 | return 0; // No need to borrow so exit early. | ||||||||||||
2464 | src = 1; // We have to "borrow 1" from next "word" | ||||||||||||
2465 | } | ||||||||||||
2466 | |||||||||||||
2467 | return 1; | ||||||||||||
2468 | } | ||||||||||||
2469 | |||||||||||||
2470 | /// Negate a bignum in-place. | ||||||||||||
2471 | void APInt::tcNegate(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2472 | tcComplement(dst, parts); | ||||||||||||
2473 | tcIncrement(dst, parts); | ||||||||||||
2474 | } | ||||||||||||
2475 | |||||||||||||
2476 | /// DST += SRC * MULTIPLIER + CARRY if add is true | ||||||||||||
2477 | /// DST = SRC * MULTIPLIER + CARRY if add is false | ||||||||||||
2478 | /// Requires 0 <= DSTPARTS <= SRCPARTS + 1. If DST overlaps SRC | ||||||||||||
2479 | /// they must start at the same point, i.e. DST == SRC. | ||||||||||||
2480 | /// If DSTPARTS == SRCPARTS + 1 no overflow occurs and zero is | ||||||||||||
2481 | /// returned. Otherwise DST is filled with the least significant | ||||||||||||
2482 | /// DSTPARTS parts of the result, and if all of the omitted higher | ||||||||||||
2483 | /// parts were zero return zero, otherwise overflow occurred and | ||||||||||||
2484 | /// return one. | ||||||||||||
2485 | int APInt::tcMultiplyPart(WordType *dst, const WordType *src, | ||||||||||||
2486 | WordType multiplier, WordType carry, | ||||||||||||
2487 | unsigned srcParts, unsigned dstParts, | ||||||||||||
2488 | bool add) { | ||||||||||||
2489 | // Otherwise our writes of DST kill our later reads of SRC. | ||||||||||||
2490 | assert(dst <= src || dst >= src + srcParts)(static_cast <bool> (dst <= src || dst >= src + srcParts ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("dst <= src || dst >= src + srcParts" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2490, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2491 | assert(dstParts <= srcParts + 1)(static_cast <bool> (dstParts <= srcParts + 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("dstParts <= srcParts + 1", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2491, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
2492 | |||||||||||||
2493 | // N loops; minimum of dstParts and srcParts. | ||||||||||||
2494 | unsigned n = std::min(dstParts, srcParts); | ||||||||||||
2495 | |||||||||||||
2496 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < n; i++) { | ||||||||||||
2497 | // [LOW, HIGH] = MULTIPLIER * SRC[i] + DST[i] + CARRY. | ||||||||||||
2498 | // This cannot overflow, because: | ||||||||||||
2499 | // (n - 1) * (n - 1) + 2 (n - 1) = (n - 1) * (n + 1) | ||||||||||||
2500 | // which is less than n^2. | ||||||||||||
2501 | WordType srcPart = src[i]; | ||||||||||||
2502 | WordType low, mid, high; | ||||||||||||
2503 | if (multiplier == 0 || srcPart == 0) { | ||||||||||||
2504 | low = carry; | ||||||||||||
2505 | high = 0; | ||||||||||||
2506 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2507 | low = lowHalf(srcPart) * lowHalf(multiplier); | ||||||||||||
2508 | high = highHalf(srcPart) * highHalf(multiplier); | ||||||||||||
2509 | |||||||||||||
2510 | mid = lowHalf(srcPart) * highHalf(multiplier); | ||||||||||||
2511 | high += highHalf(mid); | ||||||||||||
2512 | mid <<= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD / 2; | ||||||||||||
2513 | if (low + mid < low) | ||||||||||||
2514 | high++; | ||||||||||||
2515 | low += mid; | ||||||||||||
2516 | |||||||||||||
2517 | mid = highHalf(srcPart) * lowHalf(multiplier); | ||||||||||||
2518 | high += highHalf(mid); | ||||||||||||
2519 | mid <<= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD / 2; | ||||||||||||
2520 | if (low + mid < low) | ||||||||||||
2521 | high++; | ||||||||||||
2522 | low += mid; | ||||||||||||
2523 | |||||||||||||
2524 | // Now add carry. | ||||||||||||
2525 | if (low + carry < low) | ||||||||||||
2526 | high++; | ||||||||||||
2527 | low += carry; | ||||||||||||
2528 | } | ||||||||||||
2529 | |||||||||||||
2530 | if (add) { | ||||||||||||
2531 | // And now DST[i], and store the new low part there. | ||||||||||||
2532 | if (low + dst[i] < low) | ||||||||||||
2533 | high++; | ||||||||||||
2534 | dst[i] += low; | ||||||||||||
2535 | } else | ||||||||||||
2536 | dst[i] = low; | ||||||||||||
2537 | |||||||||||||
2538 | carry = high; | ||||||||||||
2539 | } | ||||||||||||
2540 | |||||||||||||
2541 | if (srcParts < dstParts) { | ||||||||||||
2542 | // Full multiplication, there is no overflow. | ||||||||||||
2543 | assert(srcParts + 1 == dstParts)(static_cast <bool> (srcParts + 1 == dstParts) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("srcParts + 1 == dstParts", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2543, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
2544 | dst[srcParts] = carry; | ||||||||||||
2545 | return 0; | ||||||||||||
2546 | } | ||||||||||||
2547 | |||||||||||||
2548 | // We overflowed if there is carry. | ||||||||||||
2549 | if (carry) | ||||||||||||
2550 | return 1; | ||||||||||||
2551 | |||||||||||||
2552 | // We would overflow if any significant unwritten parts would be | ||||||||||||
2553 | // non-zero. This is true if any remaining src parts are non-zero | ||||||||||||
2554 | // and the multiplier is non-zero. | ||||||||||||
2555 | if (multiplier) | ||||||||||||
2556 | for (unsigned i = dstParts; i < srcParts; i++) | ||||||||||||
2557 | if (src[i]) | ||||||||||||
2558 | return 1; | ||||||||||||
2559 | |||||||||||||
2560 | // We fitted in the narrow destination. | ||||||||||||
2561 | return 0; | ||||||||||||
2562 | } | ||||||||||||
2563 | |||||||||||||
2564 | /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has the same width as the operands and | ||||||||||||
2565 | /// is filled with the least significant parts of the result. Returns | ||||||||||||
2566 | /// one if overflow occurred, otherwise zero. DST must be disjoint | ||||||||||||
2567 | /// from both operands. | ||||||||||||
2568 | int APInt::tcMultiply(WordType *dst, const WordType *lhs, | ||||||||||||
2569 | const WordType *rhs, unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2570 | assert(dst != lhs && dst != rhs)(static_cast <bool> (dst != lhs && dst != rhs) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("dst != lhs && dst != rhs" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2570, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2571 | |||||||||||||
2572 | int overflow = 0; | ||||||||||||
2573 | tcSet(dst, 0, parts); | ||||||||||||
2574 | |||||||||||||
2575 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < parts; i++) | ||||||||||||
2576 | overflow |= tcMultiplyPart(&dst[i], lhs, rhs[i], 0, parts, | ||||||||||||
2577 | parts - i, true); | ||||||||||||
2578 | |||||||||||||
2579 | return overflow; | ||||||||||||
2580 | } | ||||||||||||
2581 | |||||||||||||
2582 | /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has width the sum of the widths of the | ||||||||||||
2583 | /// operands. No overflow occurs. DST must be disjoint from both operands. | ||||||||||||
2584 | void APInt::tcFullMultiply(WordType *dst, const WordType *lhs, | ||||||||||||
2585 | const WordType *rhs, unsigned lhsParts, | ||||||||||||
2586 | unsigned rhsParts) { | ||||||||||||
2587 | // Put the narrower number on the LHS for less loops below. | ||||||||||||
2588 | if (lhsParts > rhsParts) | ||||||||||||
2589 | return tcFullMultiply (dst, rhs, lhs, rhsParts, lhsParts); | ||||||||||||
2590 | |||||||||||||
2591 | assert(dst != lhs && dst != rhs)(static_cast <bool> (dst != lhs && dst != rhs) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("dst != lhs && dst != rhs" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2591, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2592 | |||||||||||||
2593 | tcSet(dst, 0, rhsParts); | ||||||||||||
2594 | |||||||||||||
2595 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < lhsParts; i++) | ||||||||||||
2596 | tcMultiplyPart(&dst[i], rhs, lhs[i], 0, rhsParts, rhsParts + 1, true); | ||||||||||||
2597 | } | ||||||||||||
2598 | |||||||||||||
2599 | // If RHS is zero LHS and REMAINDER are left unchanged, return one. | ||||||||||||
2600 | // Otherwise set LHS to LHS / RHS with the fractional part discarded, | ||||||||||||
2601 | // set REMAINDER to the remainder, return zero. i.e. | ||||||||||||
2602 | // | ||||||||||||
2603 | // OLD_LHS = RHS * LHS + REMAINDER | ||||||||||||
2604 | // | ||||||||||||
2605 | // SCRATCH is a bignum of the same size as the operands and result for | ||||||||||||
2606 | // use by the routine; its contents need not be initialized and are | ||||||||||||
2607 | // destroyed. LHS, REMAINDER and SCRATCH must be distinct. | ||||||||||||
2608 | int APInt::tcDivide(WordType *lhs, const WordType *rhs, | ||||||||||||
2609 | WordType *remainder, WordType *srhs, | ||||||||||||
2610 | unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2611 | assert(lhs != remainder && lhs != srhs && remainder != srhs)(static_cast <bool> (lhs != remainder && lhs != srhs && remainder != srhs) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("lhs != remainder && lhs != srhs && remainder != srhs" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2611, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2612 | |||||||||||||
2613 | unsigned shiftCount = tcMSB(rhs, parts) + 1; | ||||||||||||
2614 | if (shiftCount == 0) | ||||||||||||
2615 | return true; | ||||||||||||
2616 | |||||||||||||
2617 | shiftCount = parts * APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - shiftCount; | ||||||||||||
2618 | unsigned n = shiftCount / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
2619 | WordType mask = (WordType) 1 << (shiftCount % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD); | ||||||||||||
2620 | |||||||||||||
2621 | tcAssign(srhs, rhs, parts); | ||||||||||||
2622 | tcShiftLeft(srhs, parts, shiftCount); | ||||||||||||
2623 | tcAssign(remainder, lhs, parts); | ||||||||||||
2624 | tcSet(lhs, 0, parts); | ||||||||||||
2625 | |||||||||||||
2626 | // Loop, subtracting SRHS if REMAINDER is greater and adding that to the | ||||||||||||
2627 | // total. | ||||||||||||
2628 | for (;;) { | ||||||||||||
2629 | int compare = tcCompare(remainder, srhs, parts); | ||||||||||||
2630 | if (compare >= 0) { | ||||||||||||
2631 | tcSubtract(remainder, srhs, 0, parts); | ||||||||||||
2632 | lhs[n] |= mask; | ||||||||||||
2633 | } | ||||||||||||
2634 | |||||||||||||
2635 | if (shiftCount == 0) | ||||||||||||
2636 | break; | ||||||||||||
2637 | shiftCount--; | ||||||||||||
2638 | tcShiftRight(srhs, parts, 1); | ||||||||||||
2639 | if ((mask >>= 1) == 0) { | ||||||||||||
2640 | mask = (WordType) 1 << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1); | ||||||||||||
2641 | n--; | ||||||||||||
2642 | } | ||||||||||||
2643 | } | ||||||||||||
2644 | |||||||||||||
2645 | return false; | ||||||||||||
2646 | } | ||||||||||||
2647 | |||||||||||||
2648 | /// Shift a bignum left Cound bits in-place. Shifted in bits are zero. There are | ||||||||||||
2649 | /// no restrictions on Count. | ||||||||||||
2650 | void APInt::tcShiftLeft(WordType *Dst, unsigned Words, unsigned Count) { | ||||||||||||
2651 | // Don't bother performing a no-op shift. | ||||||||||||
2652 | if (!Count) | ||||||||||||
2653 | return; | ||||||||||||
2654 | |||||||||||||
2655 | // WordShift is the inter-part shift; BitShift is the intra-part shift. | ||||||||||||
2656 | unsigned WordShift = std::min(Count / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD, Words); | ||||||||||||
2657 | unsigned BitShift = Count % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
2658 | |||||||||||||
2659 | // Fastpath for moving by whole words. | ||||||||||||
2660 | if (BitShift == 0) { | ||||||||||||
2661 | std::memmove(Dst + WordShift, Dst, (Words - WordShift) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
2662 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2663 | while (Words-- > WordShift) { | ||||||||||||
2664 | Dst[Words] = Dst[Words - WordShift] << BitShift; | ||||||||||||
2665 | if (Words > WordShift) | ||||||||||||
2666 | Dst[Words] |= | ||||||||||||
2667 | Dst[Words - WordShift - 1] >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitShift); | ||||||||||||
2668 | } | ||||||||||||
2669 | } | ||||||||||||
2670 | |||||||||||||
2671 | // Fill in the remainder with 0s. | ||||||||||||
2672 | std::memset(Dst, 0, WordShift * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
2673 | } | ||||||||||||
2674 | |||||||||||||
2675 | /// Shift a bignum right Count bits in-place. Shifted in bits are zero. There | ||||||||||||
2676 | /// are no restrictions on Count. | ||||||||||||
2677 | void APInt::tcShiftRight(WordType *Dst, unsigned Words, unsigned Count) { | ||||||||||||
2678 | // Don't bother performing a no-op shift. | ||||||||||||
2679 | if (!Count) | ||||||||||||
2680 | return; | ||||||||||||
2681 | |||||||||||||
2682 | // WordShift is the inter-part shift; BitShift is the intra-part shift. | ||||||||||||
2683 | unsigned WordShift = std::min(Count / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD, Words); | ||||||||||||
2684 | unsigned BitShift = Count % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; | ||||||||||||
2685 | |||||||||||||
2686 | unsigned WordsToMove = Words - WordShift; | ||||||||||||
2687 | // Fastpath for moving by whole words. | ||||||||||||
2688 | if (BitShift == 0) { | ||||||||||||
2689 | std::memmove(Dst, Dst + WordShift, WordsToMove * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
2690 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2691 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != WordsToMove; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
2692 | Dst[i] = Dst[i + WordShift] >> BitShift; | ||||||||||||
2693 | if (i + 1 != WordsToMove) | ||||||||||||
2694 | Dst[i] |= Dst[i + WordShift + 1] << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitShift); | ||||||||||||
2695 | } | ||||||||||||
2696 | } | ||||||||||||
2697 | |||||||||||||
2698 | // Fill in the remainder with 0s. | ||||||||||||
2699 | std::memset(Dst + WordsToMove, 0, WordShift * APINT_WORD_SIZE); | ||||||||||||
2700 | } | ||||||||||||
2701 | |||||||||||||
2702 | // Comparison (unsigned) of two bignums. | ||||||||||||
2703 | int APInt::tcCompare(const WordType *lhs, const WordType *rhs, | ||||||||||||
2704 | unsigned parts) { | ||||||||||||
2705 | while (parts) { | ||||||||||||
2706 | parts--; | ||||||||||||
2707 | if (lhs[parts] != rhs[parts]) | ||||||||||||
2708 | return (lhs[parts] > rhs[parts]) ? 1 : -1; | ||||||||||||
2709 | } | ||||||||||||
2710 | |||||||||||||
2711 | return 0; | ||||||||||||
2712 | } | ||||||||||||
2713 | |||||||||||||
2714 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::RoundingUDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, | ||||||||||||
2715 | APInt::Rounding RM) { | ||||||||||||
2716 | // Currently udivrem always rounds down. | ||||||||||||
2717 | switch (RM) { | ||||||||||||
2718 | case APInt::Rounding::DOWN: | ||||||||||||
2719 | case APInt::Rounding::TOWARD_ZERO: | ||||||||||||
2720 | return A.udiv(B); | ||||||||||||
2721 | case APInt::Rounding::UP: { | ||||||||||||
2722 | APInt Quo, Rem; | ||||||||||||
2723 | APInt::udivrem(A, B, Quo, Rem); | ||||||||||||
2724 | if (Rem.isZero()) | ||||||||||||
2725 | return Quo; | ||||||||||||
2726 | return Quo + 1; | ||||||||||||
2727 | } | ||||||||||||
2728 | } | ||||||||||||
2729 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown APInt::Rounding enum")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown APInt::Rounding enum" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2729); | ||||||||||||
2730 | } | ||||||||||||
2731 | |||||||||||||
2732 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::RoundingSDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, | ||||||||||||
2733 | APInt::Rounding RM) { | ||||||||||||
2734 | switch (RM) { | ||||||||||||
2735 | case APInt::Rounding::DOWN: | ||||||||||||
2736 | case APInt::Rounding::UP: { | ||||||||||||
2737 | APInt Quo, Rem; | ||||||||||||
2738 | APInt::sdivrem(A, B, Quo, Rem); | ||||||||||||
2739 | if (Rem.isZero()) | ||||||||||||
2740 | return Quo; | ||||||||||||
2741 | // This algorithm deals with arbitrary rounding mode used by sdivrem. | ||||||||||||
2742 | // We want to check whether the non-integer part of the mathematical value | ||||||||||||
2743 | // is negative or not. If the non-integer part is negative, we need to round | ||||||||||||
2744 | // down from Quo; otherwise, if it's positive or 0, we return Quo, as it's | ||||||||||||
2745 | // already rounded down. | ||||||||||||
2746 | if (RM == APInt::Rounding::DOWN) { | ||||||||||||
2747 | if (Rem.isNegative() != B.isNegative()) | ||||||||||||
2748 | return Quo - 1; | ||||||||||||
2749 | return Quo; | ||||||||||||
2750 | } | ||||||||||||
2751 | if (Rem.isNegative() != B.isNegative()) | ||||||||||||
2752 | return Quo; | ||||||||||||
2753 | return Quo + 1; | ||||||||||||
2754 | } | ||||||||||||
2755 | // Currently sdiv rounds towards zero. | ||||||||||||
2756 | case APInt::Rounding::TOWARD_ZERO: | ||||||||||||
2757 | return A.sdiv(B); | ||||||||||||
2758 | } | ||||||||||||
2759 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown APInt::Rounding enum")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown APInt::Rounding enum" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2759); | ||||||||||||
2760 | } | ||||||||||||
2761 | |||||||||||||
2762 | std::optional<APInt> | ||||||||||||
2763 | llvm::APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(APInt A, APInt B, APInt C, | ||||||||||||
2764 | unsigned RangeWidth) { | ||||||||||||
2765 | unsigned CoeffWidth = A.getBitWidth(); | ||||||||||||
2766 | assert(CoeffWidth == B.getBitWidth() && CoeffWidth == C.getBitWidth())(static_cast <bool> (CoeffWidth == B.getBitWidth() && CoeffWidth == C.getBitWidth()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CoeffWidth == B.getBitWidth() && CoeffWidth == C.getBitWidth()" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2766, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
| |||||||||||||
2767 | assert(RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth &&(static_cast <bool> (RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth && "Value range width should be less than coefficient width") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth && \"Value range width should be less than coefficient width\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2768 | "Value range width should be less than coefficient width")(static_cast <bool> (RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth && "Value range width should be less than coefficient width") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RangeWidth <= CoeffWidth && \"Value range width should be less than coefficient width\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2768, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2769 | assert(RangeWidth > 1 && "Value range bit width should be > 1")(static_cast <bool> (RangeWidth > 1 && "Value range bit width should be > 1" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RangeWidth > 1 && \"Value range bit width should be > 1\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2769, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2770 | |||||||||||||
2771 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving " << A << "x^2 + " << Bdo { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving " << A << "x^2 + " << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n'; } } while (false) | ||||||||||||
2772 | << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving " << A << "x^2 + " << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||||||||||
2773 | |||||||||||||
2774 | // Identify 0 as a (non)solution immediately. | ||||||||||||
2775 | if (C.sextOrTrunc(RangeWidth).isZero()) { | ||||||||||||
2776 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": zero solution\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": zero solution\n" ; } } while (false); | ||||||||||||
2777 | return APInt(CoeffWidth, 0); | ||||||||||||
2778 | } | ||||||||||||
2779 | |||||||||||||
2780 | // The result of APInt arithmetic has the same bit width as the operands, | ||||||||||||
2781 | // so it can actually lose high bits. A product of two n-bit integers needs | ||||||||||||
2782 | // 2n-1 bits to represent the full value. | ||||||||||||
2783 | // The operation done below (on quadratic coefficients) that can produce | ||||||||||||
2784 | // the largest value is the evaluation of the equation during bisection, | ||||||||||||
2785 | // which needs 3 times the bitwidth of the coefficient, so the total number | ||||||||||||
2786 | // of required bits is 3n. | ||||||||||||
2787 | // | ||||||||||||
2788 | // The purpose of this extension is to simulate the set Z of all integers, | ||||||||||||
2789 | // where n+1 > n for all n in Z. In Z it makes sense to talk about positive | ||||||||||||
2790 | // and negative numbers (not so much in a modulo arithmetic). The method | ||||||||||||
2791 | // used to solve the equation is based on the standard formula for real | ||||||||||||
2792 | // numbers, and uses the concepts of "positive" and "negative" with their | ||||||||||||
2793 | // usual meanings. | ||||||||||||
2794 | CoeffWidth *= 3; | ||||||||||||
2795 | A = A.sext(CoeffWidth); | ||||||||||||
2796 | B = B.sext(CoeffWidth); | ||||||||||||
2797 | C = C.sext(CoeffWidth); | ||||||||||||
2798 | |||||||||||||
2799 | // Make A > 0 for simplicity. Negate cannot overflow at this point because | ||||||||||||
2800 | // the bit width has increased. | ||||||||||||
2801 | if (A.isNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
2802 | A.negate(); | ||||||||||||
2803 | B.negate(); | ||||||||||||
2804 | C.negate(); | ||||||||||||
2805 | } | ||||||||||||
2806 | |||||||||||||
2807 | // Solving an equation q(x) = 0 with coefficients in modular arithmetic | ||||||||||||
2808 | // is really solving a set of equations q(x) = kR for k = 0, 1, 2, ..., | ||||||||||||
2809 | // and R = 2^BitWidth. | ||||||||||||
2810 | // Since we're trying not only to find exact solutions, but also values | ||||||||||||
2811 | // that "wrap around", such a set will always have a solution, i.e. an x | ||||||||||||
2812 | // that satisfies at least one of the equations, or such that |q(x)| | ||||||||||||
2813 | // exceeds kR, while |q(x-1)| for the same k does not. | ||||||||||||
2814 | // | ||||||||||||
2815 | // We need to find a value k, such that Ax^2 + Bx + C = kR will have a | ||||||||||||
2816 | // positive solution n (in the above sense), and also such that the n | ||||||||||||
2817 | // will be the least among all solutions corresponding to k = 0, 1, ... | ||||||||||||
2818 | // (more precisely, the least element in the set | ||||||||||||
2819 | // { n(k) | k is such that a solution n(k) exists }). | ||||||||||||
2820 | // | ||||||||||||
2821 | // Consider the parabola (over real numbers) that corresponds to the | ||||||||||||
2822 | // quadratic equation. Since A > 0, the arms of the parabola will point | ||||||||||||
2823 | // up. Picking different values of k will shift it up and down by R. | ||||||||||||
2824 | // | ||||||||||||
2825 | // We want to shift the parabola in such a way as to reduce the problem | ||||||||||||
2826 | // of solving q(x) = kR to solving shifted_q(x) = 0. | ||||||||||||
2827 | // (The interesting solutions are the ceilings of the real number | ||||||||||||
2828 | // solutions.) | ||||||||||||
2829 | APInt R = APInt::getOneBitSet(CoeffWidth, RangeWidth); | ||||||||||||
2830 | APInt TwoA = 2 * A; | ||||||||||||
2831 | APInt SqrB = B * B; | ||||||||||||
2832 | bool PickLow; | ||||||||||||
2833 | |||||||||||||
2834 | auto RoundUp = [] (const APInt &V, const APInt &A) -> APInt { | ||||||||||||
2835 | assert(A.isStrictlyPositive())(static_cast <bool> (A.isStrictlyPositive()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("A.isStrictlyPositive()", "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp" , 2835, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||||||
2836 | APInt T = V.abs().urem(A); | ||||||||||||
2837 | if (T.isZero()) | ||||||||||||
2838 | return V; | ||||||||||||
2839 | return V.isNegative() ? V+T : V+(A-T); | ||||||||||||
2840 | }; | ||||||||||||
2841 | |||||||||||||
2842 | // The vertex of the parabola is at -B/2A, but since A > 0, it's negative | ||||||||||||
2843 | // iff B is positive. | ||||||||||||
2844 | if (B.isNonNegative()) { | ||||||||||||
2845 | // If B >= 0, the vertex it at a negative location (or at 0), so in | ||||||||||||
2846 | // order to have a non-negative solution we need to pick k that makes | ||||||||||||
2847 | // C-kR negative. To satisfy all the requirements for the solution | ||||||||||||
2848 | // that we are looking for, it needs to be closest to 0 of all k. | ||||||||||||
2849 | C = C.srem(R); | ||||||||||||
2850 | if (C.isStrictlyPositive()) | ||||||||||||
2851 | C -= R; | ||||||||||||
2852 | // Pick the greater solution. | ||||||||||||
2853 | PickLow = false; | ||||||||||||
2854 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2855 | // If B < 0, the vertex is at a positive location. For any solution | ||||||||||||
2856 | // to exist, the discriminant must be non-negative. This means that | ||||||||||||
2857 | // C-kR <= B^2/4A is a necessary condition for k, i.e. there is a | ||||||||||||
2858 | // lower bound on values of k: kR >= C - B^2/4A. | ||||||||||||
2859 | APInt LowkR = C - SqrB.udiv(2*TwoA); // udiv because all values > 0. | ||||||||||||
2860 | // Round LowkR up (towards +inf) to the nearest kR. | ||||||||||||
2861 | LowkR = RoundUp(LowkR, R); | ||||||||||||
2862 | |||||||||||||
2863 | // If there exists k meeting the condition above, and such that | ||||||||||||
2864 | // C-kR > 0, there will be two positive real number solutions of | ||||||||||||
2865 | // q(x) = kR. Out of all such values of k, pick the one that makes | ||||||||||||
2866 | // C-kR closest to 0, (i.e. pick maximum k such that C-kR > 0). | ||||||||||||
2867 | // In other words, find maximum k such that LowkR <= kR < C. | ||||||||||||
2868 | if (C.sgt(LowkR)) { | ||||||||||||
2869 | // If LowkR < C, then such a k is guaranteed to exist because | ||||||||||||
2870 | // LowkR itself is a multiple of R. | ||||||||||||
2871 | C -= -RoundUp(-C, R); // C = C - RoundDown(C, R) | ||||||||||||
2872 | // Pick the smaller solution. | ||||||||||||
2873 | PickLow = true; | ||||||||||||
2874 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2875 | // If C-kR < 0 for all potential k's, it means that one solution | ||||||||||||
2876 | // will be negative, while the other will be positive. The positive | ||||||||||||
2877 | // solution will shift towards 0 if the parabola is moved up. | ||||||||||||
2878 | // Pick the kR closest to the lower bound (i.e. make C-kR closest | ||||||||||||
2879 | // to 0, or in other words, out of all parabolas that have solutions, | ||||||||||||
2880 | // pick the one that is the farthest "up"). | ||||||||||||
2881 | // Since LowkR is itself a multiple of R, simply take C-LowkR. | ||||||||||||
2882 | C -= LowkR; | ||||||||||||
2883 | // Pick the greater solution. | ||||||||||||
2884 | PickLow = false; | ||||||||||||
2885 | } | ||||||||||||
2886 | } | ||||||||||||
2887 | |||||||||||||
2888 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": updated coefficients " << A << "x^2 + "do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": updated coefficients " << A << "x^2 + " << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n'; } } while (false) | ||||||||||||
2889 | << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": updated coefficients " << A << "x^2 + " << B << "x + " << C << ", rw:" << RangeWidth << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||||||||||
2890 | |||||||||||||
2891 | APInt D = SqrB - 4*A*C; | ||||||||||||
2892 | assert(D.isNonNegative() && "Negative discriminant")(static_cast <bool> (D.isNonNegative() && "Negative discriminant" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("D.isNonNegative() && \"Negative discriminant\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2892, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2893 | APInt SQ = D.sqrt(); | ||||||||||||
2894 | |||||||||||||
2895 | APInt Q = SQ * SQ; | ||||||||||||
2896 | bool InexactSQ = Q != D; | ||||||||||||
2897 | // The calculated SQ may actually be greater than the exact (non-integer) | ||||||||||||
2898 | // value. If that's the case, decrement SQ to get a value that is lower. | ||||||||||||
2899 | if (Q.sgt(D)) | ||||||||||||
2900 | SQ -= 1; | ||||||||||||
2901 | |||||||||||||
2902 | APInt X; | ||||||||||||
2903 | APInt Rem; | ||||||||||||
2904 | |||||||||||||
2905 | // SQ is rounded down (i.e SQ * SQ <= D), so the roots may be inexact. | ||||||||||||
2906 | // When using the quadratic formula directly, the calculated low root | ||||||||||||
2907 | // may be greater than the exact one, since we would be subtracting SQ. | ||||||||||||
2908 | // To make sure that the calculated root is not greater than the exact | ||||||||||||
2909 | // one, subtract SQ+1 when calculating the low root (for inexact value | ||||||||||||
2910 | // of SQ). | ||||||||||||
2911 | if (PickLow
| ||||||||||||
2912 | APInt::sdivrem(-B - (SQ+InexactSQ), TwoA, X, Rem); | ||||||||||||
2913 | else | ||||||||||||
2914 | APInt::sdivrem(-B + SQ, TwoA, X, Rem); | ||||||||||||
2915 | |||||||||||||
2916 | // The updated coefficients should be such that the (exact) solution is | ||||||||||||
2917 | // positive. Since APInt division rounds towards 0, the calculated one | ||||||||||||
2918 | // can be 0, but cannot be negative. | ||||||||||||
2919 | assert(X.isNonNegative() && "Solution should be non-negative")(static_cast <bool> (X.isNonNegative() && "Solution should be non-negative" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("X.isNonNegative() && \"Solution should be non-negative\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2919, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2920 | |||||||||||||
2921 | if (!InexactSQ
| ||||||||||||
2922 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solution (root): " << X << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": solution (root): " << X << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||||||||||
2923 | return X; | ||||||||||||
2924 | } | ||||||||||||
2925 | |||||||||||||
2926 | assert((SQ*SQ).sle(D) && "SQ = |_sqrt(D)_|, so SQ*SQ <= D")(static_cast <bool> ((SQ*SQ).sle(D) && "SQ = |_sqrt(D)_|, so SQ*SQ <= D" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(SQ*SQ).sle(D) && \"SQ = |_sqrt(D)_|, so SQ*SQ <= D\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2926, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2927 | // The exact value of the square root of D should be between SQ and SQ+1. | ||||||||||||
2928 | // This implies that the solution should be between that corresponding to | ||||||||||||
2929 | // SQ (i.e. X) and that corresponding to SQ+1. | ||||||||||||
2930 | // | ||||||||||||
2931 | // The calculated X cannot be greater than the exact (real) solution. | ||||||||||||
2932 | // Actually it must be strictly less than the exact solution, while | ||||||||||||
2933 | // X+1 will be greater than or equal to it. | ||||||||||||
2934 | |||||||||||||
2935 | APInt VX = (A*X + B)*X + C; | ||||||||||||
2936 | APInt VY = VX + TwoA*X + A + B; | ||||||||||||
2937 | bool SignChange = | ||||||||||||
2938 | VX.isNegative() != VY.isNegative() || VX.isZero() != VY.isZero(); | ||||||||||||
2939 | // If the sign did not change between X and X+1, X is not a valid solution. | ||||||||||||
2940 | // This could happen when the actual (exact) roots don't have an integer | ||||||||||||
2941 | // between them, so they would both be contained between X and X+1. | ||||||||||||
2942 | if (!SignChange
| ||||||||||||
2943 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": no valid solution\n")do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": no valid solution\n" ; } } while (false); | ||||||||||||
2944 | return std::nullopt; | ||||||||||||
2945 | } | ||||||||||||
2946 | |||||||||||||
2947 | X += 1; | ||||||||||||
2948 | LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solution (wrap): " << X << '\n')do { if (::llvm::DebugFlag && ::llvm::isCurrentDebugType ("apint")) { dbgs() << __func__ << ": solution (wrap): " << X << '\n'; } } while (false); | ||||||||||||
2949 | return X; | ||||||||||||
2950 | } | ||||||||||||
2951 | |||||||||||||
2952 | std::optional<unsigned> | ||||||||||||
2953 | llvm::APIntOps::GetMostSignificantDifferentBit(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { | ||||||||||||
2954 | assert(A.getBitWidth() == B.getBitWidth() && "Must have the same bitwidth")(static_cast <bool> (A.getBitWidth() == B.getBitWidth() && "Must have the same bitwidth") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("A.getBitWidth() == B.getBitWidth() && \"Must have the same bitwidth\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2954, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2955 | if (A == B) | ||||||||||||
2956 | return std::nullopt; | ||||||||||||
2957 | return A.getBitWidth() - ((A ^ B).countl_zero() + 1); | ||||||||||||
2958 | } | ||||||||||||
2959 | |||||||||||||
2960 | APInt llvm::APIntOps::ScaleBitMask(const APInt &A, unsigned NewBitWidth, | ||||||||||||
2961 | bool MatchAllBits) { | ||||||||||||
2962 | unsigned OldBitWidth = A.getBitWidth(); | ||||||||||||
2963 | assert((((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0) ||(static_cast <bool> ((((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0 ) || ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) && "One size should be a multiple of the other one. " "Can't do fractional scaling.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "(((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0) || ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) && \"One size should be a multiple of the other one. \" \"Can't do fractional scaling.\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2966, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2964 | ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0 ) || ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) && "One size should be a multiple of the other one. " "Can't do fractional scaling.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "(((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0) || ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) && \"One size should be a multiple of the other one. \" \"Can't do fractional scaling.\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2966, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2965 | "One size should be a multiple of the other one. "(static_cast <bool> ((((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0 ) || ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) && "One size should be a multiple of the other one. " "Can't do fractional scaling.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "(((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0) || ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) && \"One size should be a multiple of the other one. \" \"Can't do fractional scaling.\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2966, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||||||||||
2966 | "Can't do fractional scaling.")(static_cast <bool> ((((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0 ) || ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) && "One size should be a multiple of the other one. " "Can't do fractional scaling.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "(((OldBitWidth % NewBitWidth) == 0) || ((NewBitWidth % OldBitWidth) == 0)) && \"One size should be a multiple of the other one. \" \"Can't do fractional scaling.\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 2966, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
2967 | |||||||||||||
2968 | // Check for matching bitwidths. | ||||||||||||
2969 | if (OldBitWidth == NewBitWidth) | ||||||||||||
2970 | return A; | ||||||||||||
2971 | |||||||||||||
2972 | APInt NewA = APInt::getZero(NewBitWidth); | ||||||||||||
2973 | |||||||||||||
2974 | // Check for null input. | ||||||||||||
2975 | if (A.isZero()) | ||||||||||||
2976 | return NewA; | ||||||||||||
2977 | |||||||||||||
2978 | if (NewBitWidth > OldBitWidth) { | ||||||||||||
2979 | // Repeat bits. | ||||||||||||
2980 | unsigned Scale = NewBitWidth / OldBitWidth; | ||||||||||||
2981 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != OldBitWidth; ++i) | ||||||||||||
2982 | if (A[i]) | ||||||||||||
2983 | NewA.setBits(i * Scale, (i + 1) * Scale); | ||||||||||||
2984 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2985 | unsigned Scale = OldBitWidth / NewBitWidth; | ||||||||||||
2986 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NewBitWidth; ++i) { | ||||||||||||
2987 | if (MatchAllBits) { | ||||||||||||
2988 | if (A.extractBits(Scale, i * Scale).isAllOnes()) | ||||||||||||
2989 | NewA.setBit(i); | ||||||||||||
2990 | } else { | ||||||||||||
2991 | if (!A.extractBits(Scale, i * Scale).isZero()) | ||||||||||||
2992 | NewA.setBit(i); | ||||||||||||
2993 | } | ||||||||||||
2994 | } | ||||||||||||
2995 | } | ||||||||||||
2996 | |||||||||||||
2997 | return NewA; | ||||||||||||
2998 | } | ||||||||||||
2999 | |||||||||||||
3000 | /// StoreIntToMemory - Fills the StoreBytes bytes of memory starting from Dst | ||||||||||||
3001 | /// with the integer held in IntVal. | ||||||||||||
3002 | void llvm::StoreIntToMemory(const APInt &IntVal, uint8_t *Dst, | ||||||||||||
3003 | unsigned StoreBytes) { | ||||||||||||
3004 | assert((IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= StoreBytes && "Integer too small!")(static_cast <bool> ((IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= StoreBytes && "Integer too small!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "(IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= StoreBytes && \"Integer too small!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 3004, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
3005 | const uint8_t *Src = (const uint8_t *)IntVal.getRawData(); | ||||||||||||
3006 | |||||||||||||
3007 | if (sys::IsLittleEndianHost) { | ||||||||||||
3008 | // Little-endian host - the source is ordered from LSB to MSB. Order the | ||||||||||||
3009 | // destination from LSB to MSB: Do a straight copy. | ||||||||||||
3010 | memcpy(Dst, Src, StoreBytes); | ||||||||||||
3011 | } else { | ||||||||||||
3012 | // Big-endian host - the source is an array of 64 bit words ordered from | ||||||||||||
3013 | // LSW to MSW. Each word is ordered from MSB to LSB. Order the destination | ||||||||||||
3014 | // from MSB to LSB: Reverse the word order, but not the bytes in a word. | ||||||||||||
3015 | while (StoreBytes > sizeof(uint64_t)) { | ||||||||||||
3016 | StoreBytes -= sizeof(uint64_t); | ||||||||||||
3017 | // May not be aligned so use memcpy. | ||||||||||||
3018 | memcpy(Dst + StoreBytes, Src, sizeof(uint64_t)); | ||||||||||||
3019 | Src += sizeof(uint64_t); | ||||||||||||
3020 | } | ||||||||||||
3021 | |||||||||||||
3022 | memcpy(Dst, Src + sizeof(uint64_t) - StoreBytes, StoreBytes); | ||||||||||||
3023 | } | ||||||||||||
3024 | } | ||||||||||||
3025 | |||||||||||||
3026 | /// LoadIntFromMemory - Loads the integer stored in the LoadBytes bytes starting | ||||||||||||
3027 | /// from Src into IntVal, which is assumed to be wide enough and to hold zero. | ||||||||||||
3028 | void llvm::LoadIntFromMemory(APInt &IntVal, const uint8_t *Src, | ||||||||||||
3029 | unsigned LoadBytes) { | ||||||||||||
3030 | assert((IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= LoadBytes && "Integer too small!")(static_cast <bool> ((IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= LoadBytes && "Integer too small!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "(IntVal.getBitWidth()+7)/8 >= LoadBytes && \"Integer too small!\"" , "llvm/lib/Support/APInt.cpp", 3030, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||||||||||
3031 | uint8_t *Dst = reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>( | ||||||||||||
3032 | const_cast<uint64_t *>(IntVal.getRawData())); | ||||||||||||
3033 | |||||||||||||
3034 | if (sys::IsLittleEndianHost) | ||||||||||||
3035 | // Little-endian host - the destination must be ordered from LSB to MSB. | ||||||||||||
3036 | // The source is ordered from LSB to MSB: Do a straight copy. | ||||||||||||
3037 | memcpy(Dst, Src, LoadBytes); | ||||||||||||
3038 | else { | ||||||||||||
3039 | // Big-endian - the destination is an array of 64 bit words ordered from | ||||||||||||
3040 | // LSW to MSW. Each word must be ordered from MSB to LSB. The source is | ||||||||||||
3041 | // ordered from MSB to LSB: Reverse the word order, but not the bytes in | ||||||||||||
3042 | // a word. | ||||||||||||
3043 | while (LoadBytes > sizeof(uint64_t)) { | ||||||||||||
3044 | LoadBytes -= sizeof(uint64_t); | ||||||||||||
3045 | // May not be aligned so use memcpy. | ||||||||||||
3046 | memcpy(Dst, Src + LoadBytes, sizeof(uint64_t)); | ||||||||||||
3047 | Dst += sizeof(uint64_t); | ||||||||||||
3048 | } | ||||||||||||
3049 | |||||||||||||
3050 | memcpy(Dst + sizeof(uint64_t) - LoadBytes, Src, LoadBytes); | ||||||||||||
3051 | } | ||||||||||||
3052 | } |
1 | //===-- llvm/ADT/APInt.h - For Arbitrary Precision Integer -----*- C++ -*--===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | /// |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision |
11 | /// integral constant values and operations on them. |
12 | /// |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_ADT_APINT_H |
16 | #define LLVM_ADT_APINT_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
19 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" |
20 | #include <cassert> |
21 | #include <climits> |
22 | #include <cstring> |
23 | #include <optional> |
24 | #include <utility> |
25 | |
26 | namespace llvm { |
27 | class FoldingSetNodeID; |
28 | class StringRef; |
29 | class hash_code; |
30 | class raw_ostream; |
31 | |
32 | template <typename T> class SmallVectorImpl; |
33 | template <typename T> class ArrayRef; |
34 | template <typename T, typename Enable> struct DenseMapInfo; |
35 | |
36 | class APInt; |
37 | |
38 | inline APInt operator-(APInt); |
39 | |
40 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
41 | // APInt Class |
42 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
43 | |
44 | /// Class for arbitrary precision integers. |
45 | /// |
46 | /// APInt is a functional replacement for common case unsigned integer type like |
47 | /// "unsigned", "unsigned long" or "uint64_t", but also allows non-byte-width |
48 | /// integer sizes and large integer value types such as 3-bits, 15-bits, or more |
49 | /// than 64-bits of precision. APInt provides a variety of arithmetic operators |
50 | /// and methods to manipulate integer values of any bit-width. It supports both |
51 | /// the typical integer arithmetic and comparison operations as well as bitwise |
52 | /// manipulation. |
53 | /// |
54 | /// The class has several invariants worth noting: |
55 | /// * All bit, byte, and word positions are zero-based. |
56 | /// * Once the bit width is set, it doesn't change except by the Truncate, |
57 | /// SignExtend, or ZeroExtend operations. |
58 | /// * All binary operators must be on APInt instances of the same bit width. |
59 | /// Attempting to use these operators on instances with different bit |
60 | /// widths will yield an assertion. |
61 | /// * The value is stored canonically as an unsigned value. For operations |
62 | /// where it makes a difference, there are both signed and unsigned variants |
63 | /// of the operation. For example, sdiv and udiv. However, because the bit |
64 | /// widths must be the same, operations such as Mul and Add produce the same |
65 | /// results regardless of whether the values are interpreted as signed or |
66 | /// not. |
67 | /// * In general, the class tries to follow the style of computation that LLVM |
68 | /// uses in its IR. This simplifies its use for LLVM. |
69 | /// * APInt supports zero-bit-width values, but operations that require bits |
70 | /// are not defined on it (e.g. you cannot ask for the sign of a zero-bit |
71 | /// integer). This means that operations like zero extension and logical |
72 | /// shifts are defined, but sign extension and ashr is not. Zero bit values |
73 | /// compare and hash equal to themselves, and countLeadingZeros returns 0. |
74 | /// |
75 | class [[nodiscard]] APInt { |
76 | public: |
77 | typedef uint64_t WordType; |
78 | |
79 | /// This enum is used to hold the constants we needed for APInt. |
80 | enum : unsigned { |
81 | /// Byte size of a word. |
82 | APINT_WORD_SIZE = sizeof(WordType), |
83 | /// Bits in a word. |
84 | APINT_BITS_PER_WORD = APINT_WORD_SIZE * CHAR_BIT8 |
85 | }; |
86 | |
87 | enum class Rounding { |
88 | DOWN, |
89 | TOWARD_ZERO, |
90 | UP, |
91 | }; |
92 | |
93 | static constexpr WordType WORDTYPE_MAX = ~WordType(0); |
94 | |
95 | /// \name Constructors |
96 | /// @{ |
97 | |
98 | /// Create a new APInt of numBits width, initialized as val. |
99 | /// |
100 | /// If isSigned is true then val is treated as if it were a signed value |
101 | /// (i.e. as an int64_t) and the appropriate sign extension to the bit width |
102 | /// will be done. Otherwise, no sign extension occurs (high order bits beyond |
103 | /// the range of val are zero filled). |
104 | /// |
105 | /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt |
106 | /// \param val the initial value of the APInt |
107 | /// \param isSigned how to treat signedness of val |
108 | APInt(unsigned numBits, uint64_t val, bool isSigned = false) |
109 | : BitWidth(numBits) { |
110 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
111 | U.VAL = val; |
112 | clearUnusedBits(); |
113 | } else { |
114 | initSlowCase(val, isSigned); |
115 | } |
116 | } |
117 | |
118 | /// Construct an APInt of numBits width, initialized as bigVal[]. |
119 | /// |
120 | /// Note that bigVal.size() can be smaller or larger than the corresponding |
121 | /// bit width but any extraneous bits will be dropped. |
122 | /// |
123 | /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt |
124 | /// \param bigVal a sequence of words to form the initial value of the APInt |
125 | APInt(unsigned numBits, ArrayRef<uint64_t> bigVal); |
126 | |
127 | /// Equivalent to APInt(numBits, ArrayRef<uint64_t>(bigVal, numWords)), but |
128 | /// deprecated because this constructor is prone to ambiguity with the |
129 | /// APInt(unsigned, uint64_t, bool) constructor. |
130 | /// |
131 | /// If this overload is ever deleted, care should be taken to prevent calls |
132 | /// from being incorrectly captured by the APInt(unsigned, uint64_t, bool) |
133 | /// constructor. |
134 | APInt(unsigned numBits, unsigned numWords, const uint64_t bigVal[]); |
135 | |
136 | /// Construct an APInt from a string representation. |
137 | /// |
138 | /// This constructor interprets the string \p str in the given radix. The |
139 | /// interpretation stops when the first character that is not suitable for the |
140 | /// radix is encountered, or the end of the string. Acceptable radix values |
141 | /// are 2, 8, 10, 16, and 36. It is an error for the value implied by the |
142 | /// string to require more bits than numBits. |
143 | /// |
144 | /// \param numBits the bit width of the constructed APInt |
145 | /// \param str the string to be interpreted |
146 | /// \param radix the radix to use for the conversion |
147 | APInt(unsigned numBits, StringRef str, uint8_t radix); |
148 | |
149 | /// Default constructor that creates an APInt with a 1-bit zero value. |
150 | explicit APInt() { U.VAL = 0; } |
151 | |
152 | /// Copy Constructor. |
153 | APInt(const APInt &that) : BitWidth(that.BitWidth) { |
154 | if (isSingleWord()) |
155 | U.VAL = that.U.VAL; |
156 | else |
157 | initSlowCase(that); |
158 | } |
159 | |
160 | /// Move Constructor. |
161 | APInt(APInt &&that) : BitWidth(that.BitWidth) { |
162 | memcpy(&U, &that.U, sizeof(U)); |
163 | that.BitWidth = 0; |
164 | } |
165 | |
166 | /// Destructor. |
167 | ~APInt() { |
168 | if (needsCleanup()) |
169 | delete[] U.pVal; |
170 | } |
171 | |
172 | /// @} |
173 | /// \name Value Generators |
174 | /// @{ |
175 | |
176 | /// Get the '0' value for the specified bit-width. |
177 | static APInt getZero(unsigned numBits) { return APInt(numBits, 0); } |
178 | |
179 | LLVM_DEPRECATED("use getZero instead", "getZero")__attribute__((deprecated("use getZero instead", "getZero"))) |
180 | static APInt getNullValue(unsigned numBits) { return getZero(numBits); } |
181 | |
182 | /// Return an APInt zero bits wide. |
183 | static APInt getZeroWidth() { return getZero(0); } |
184 | |
185 | /// Gets maximum unsigned value of APInt for specific bit width. |
186 | static APInt getMaxValue(unsigned numBits) { return getAllOnes(numBits); } |
187 | |
188 | /// Gets maximum signed value of APInt for a specific bit width. |
189 | static APInt getSignedMaxValue(unsigned numBits) { |
190 | APInt API = getAllOnes(numBits); |
191 | API.clearBit(numBits - 1); |
192 | return API; |
193 | } |
194 | |
195 | /// Gets minimum unsigned value of APInt for a specific bit width. |
196 | static APInt getMinValue(unsigned numBits) { return APInt(numBits, 0); } |
197 | |
198 | /// Gets minimum signed value of APInt for a specific bit width. |
199 | static APInt getSignedMinValue(unsigned numBits) { |
200 | APInt API(numBits, 0); |
201 | API.setBit(numBits - 1); |
202 | return API; |
203 | } |
204 | |
205 | /// Get the SignMask for a specific bit width. |
206 | /// |
207 | /// This is just a wrapper function of getSignedMinValue(), and it helps code |
208 | /// readability when we want to get a SignMask. |
209 | static APInt getSignMask(unsigned BitWidth) { |
210 | return getSignedMinValue(BitWidth); |
211 | } |
212 | |
213 | /// Return an APInt of a specified width with all bits set. |
214 | static APInt getAllOnes(unsigned numBits) { |
215 | return APInt(numBits, WORDTYPE_MAX, true); |
216 | } |
217 | |
218 | LLVM_DEPRECATED("use getAllOnes instead", "getAllOnes")__attribute__((deprecated("use getAllOnes instead", "getAllOnes" ))) |
219 | static APInt getAllOnesValue(unsigned numBits) { return getAllOnes(numBits); } |
220 | |
221 | /// Return an APInt with exactly one bit set in the result. |
222 | static APInt getOneBitSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned BitNo) { |
223 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); |
224 | Res.setBit(BitNo); |
225 | return Res; |
226 | } |
227 | |
228 | /// Get a value with a block of bits set. |
229 | /// |
230 | /// Constructs an APInt value that has a contiguous range of bits set. The |
231 | /// bits from loBit (inclusive) to hiBit (exclusive) will be set. All other |
232 | /// bits will be zero. For example, with parameters(32, 0, 16) you would get |
233 | /// 0x0000FFFF. Please call getBitsSetWithWrap if \p loBit may be greater than |
234 | /// \p hiBit. |
235 | /// |
236 | /// \param numBits the intended bit width of the result |
237 | /// \param loBit the index of the lowest bit set. |
238 | /// \param hiBit the index of the highest bit set. |
239 | /// |
240 | /// \returns An APInt value with the requested bits set. |
241 | static APInt getBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) { |
242 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); |
243 | Res.setBits(loBit, hiBit); |
244 | return Res; |
245 | } |
246 | |
247 | /// Wrap version of getBitsSet. |
248 | /// If \p hiBit is bigger than \p loBit, this is same with getBitsSet. |
249 | /// If \p hiBit is not bigger than \p loBit, the set bits "wrap". For example, |
250 | /// with parameters (32, 28, 4), you would get 0xF000000F. |
251 | /// If \p hiBit is equal to \p loBit, you would get a result with all bits |
252 | /// set. |
253 | static APInt getBitsSetWithWrap(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBit, |
254 | unsigned hiBit) { |
255 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); |
256 | Res.setBitsWithWrap(loBit, hiBit); |
257 | return Res; |
258 | } |
259 | |
260 | /// Constructs an APInt value that has a contiguous range of bits set. The |
261 | /// bits from loBit (inclusive) to numBits (exclusive) will be set. All other |
262 | /// bits will be zero. For example, with parameters(32, 12) you would get |
263 | /// 0xFFFFF000. |
264 | /// |
265 | /// \param numBits the intended bit width of the result |
266 | /// \param loBit the index of the lowest bit to set. |
267 | /// |
268 | /// \returns An APInt value with the requested bits set. |
269 | static APInt getBitsSetFrom(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBit) { |
270 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); |
271 | Res.setBitsFrom(loBit); |
272 | return Res; |
273 | } |
274 | |
275 | /// Constructs an APInt value that has the top hiBitsSet bits set. |
276 | /// |
277 | /// \param numBits the bitwidth of the result |
278 | /// \param hiBitsSet the number of high-order bits set in the result. |
279 | static APInt getHighBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned hiBitsSet) { |
280 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); |
281 | Res.setHighBits(hiBitsSet); |
282 | return Res; |
283 | } |
284 | |
285 | /// Constructs an APInt value that has the bottom loBitsSet bits set. |
286 | /// |
287 | /// \param numBits the bitwidth of the result |
288 | /// \param loBitsSet the number of low-order bits set in the result. |
289 | static APInt getLowBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBitsSet) { |
290 | APInt Res(numBits, 0); |
291 | Res.setLowBits(loBitsSet); |
292 | return Res; |
293 | } |
294 | |
295 | /// Return a value containing V broadcasted over NewLen bits. |
296 | static APInt getSplat(unsigned NewLen, const APInt &V); |
297 | |
298 | /// @} |
299 | /// \name Value Tests |
300 | /// @{ |
301 | |
302 | /// Determine if this APInt just has one word to store value. |
303 | /// |
304 | /// \returns true if the number of bits <= 64, false otherwise. |
305 | bool isSingleWord() const { return BitWidth <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; } |
306 | |
307 | /// Determine sign of this APInt. |
308 | /// |
309 | /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is set. |
310 | /// |
311 | /// \returns true if this APInt is negative, false otherwise |
312 | bool isNegative() const { return (*this)[BitWidth - 1]; } |
313 | |
314 | /// Determine if this APInt Value is non-negative (>= 0) |
315 | /// |
316 | /// This tests the high bit of the APInt to determine if it is unset. |
317 | bool isNonNegative() const { return !isNegative(); } |
318 | |
319 | /// Determine if sign bit of this APInt is set. |
320 | /// |
321 | /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is set. |
322 | /// |
323 | /// \returns true if this APInt has its sign bit set, false otherwise. |
324 | bool isSignBitSet() const { return (*this)[BitWidth - 1]; } |
325 | |
326 | /// Determine if sign bit of this APInt is clear. |
327 | /// |
328 | /// This tests the high bit of this APInt to determine if it is clear. |
329 | /// |
330 | /// \returns true if this APInt has its sign bit clear, false otherwise. |
331 | bool isSignBitClear() const { return !isSignBitSet(); } |
332 | |
333 | /// Determine if this APInt Value is positive. |
334 | /// |
335 | /// This tests if the value of this APInt is positive (> 0). Note |
336 | /// that 0 is not a positive value. |
337 | /// |
338 | /// \returns true if this APInt is positive. |
339 | bool isStrictlyPositive() const { return isNonNegative() && !isZero(); } |
340 | |
341 | /// Determine if this APInt Value is non-positive (<= 0). |
342 | /// |
343 | /// \returns true if this APInt is non-positive. |
344 | bool isNonPositive() const { return !isStrictlyPositive(); } |
345 | |
346 | /// Determine if this APInt Value only has the specified bit set. |
347 | /// |
348 | /// \returns true if this APInt only has the specified bit set. |
349 | bool isOneBitSet(unsigned BitNo) const { |
350 | return (*this)[BitNo] && popcount() == 1; |
351 | } |
352 | |
353 | /// Determine if all bits are set. This is true for zero-width values. |
354 | bool isAllOnes() const { |
355 | if (BitWidth == 0) |
356 | return true; |
357 | if (isSingleWord()) |
358 | return U.VAL == WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth); |
359 | return countTrailingOnesSlowCase() == BitWidth; |
360 | } |
361 | |
362 | LLVM_DEPRECATED("use isAllOnes instead", "isAllOnes")__attribute__((deprecated("use isAllOnes instead", "isAllOnes" ))) |
363 | bool isAllOnesValue() const { return isAllOnes(); } |
364 | |
365 | /// Determine if this value is zero, i.e. all bits are clear. |
366 | bool isZero() const { |
367 | if (isSingleWord()) |
368 | return U.VAL == 0; |
369 | return countLeadingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth; |
370 | } |
371 | |
372 | LLVM_DEPRECATED("use isZero instead", "isZero")__attribute__((deprecated("use isZero instead", "isZero"))) |
373 | bool isNullValue() const { return isZero(); } |
374 | |
375 | /// Determine if this is a value of 1. |
376 | /// |
377 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is one. |
378 | bool isOne() const { |
379 | if (isSingleWord()) |
380 | return U.VAL == 1; |
381 | return countLeadingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1; |
382 | } |
383 | |
384 | LLVM_DEPRECATED("use isOne instead", "isOne")__attribute__((deprecated("use isOne instead", "isOne"))) |
385 | bool isOneValue() const { return isOne(); } |
386 | |
387 | /// Determine if this is the largest unsigned value. |
388 | /// |
389 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the maximum unsigned |
390 | /// value for the APInt's bit width. |
391 | bool isMaxValue() const { return isAllOnes(); } |
392 | |
393 | /// Determine if this is the largest signed value. |
394 | /// |
395 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the maximum signed |
396 | /// value for the APInt's bit width. |
397 | bool isMaxSignedValue() const { |
398 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
399 | assert(BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth && \"zero width values not allowed\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 399, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
400 | return U.VAL == ((WordType(1) << (BitWidth - 1)) - 1); |
401 | } |
402 | return !isNegative() && countTrailingOnesSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1; |
403 | } |
404 | |
405 | /// Determine if this is the smallest unsigned value. |
406 | /// |
407 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the minimum unsigned |
408 | /// value for the APInt's bit width. |
409 | bool isMinValue() const { return isZero(); } |
410 | |
411 | /// Determine if this is the smallest signed value. |
412 | /// |
413 | /// This checks to see if the value of this APInt is the minimum signed |
414 | /// value for the APInt's bit width. |
415 | bool isMinSignedValue() const { |
416 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
417 | assert(BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth && \"zero width values not allowed\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 417, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
418 | return U.VAL == (WordType(1) << (BitWidth - 1)); |
419 | } |
420 | return isNegative() && countTrailingZerosSlowCase() == BitWidth - 1; |
421 | } |
422 | |
423 | /// Check if this APInt has an N-bits unsigned integer value. |
424 | bool isIntN(unsigned N) const { return getActiveBits() <= N; } |
425 | |
426 | /// Check if this APInt has an N-bits signed integer value. |
427 | bool isSignedIntN(unsigned N) const { return getSignificantBits() <= N; } |
428 | |
429 | /// Check if this APInt's value is a power of two greater than zero. |
430 | /// |
431 | /// \returns true if the argument APInt value is a power of two > 0. |
432 | bool isPowerOf2() const { |
433 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
434 | assert(BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth && \"zero width values not allowed\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 434, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
435 | return isPowerOf2_64(U.VAL); |
436 | } |
437 | return countPopulationSlowCase() == 1; |
438 | } |
439 | |
440 | /// Check if this APInt's negated value is a power of two greater than zero. |
441 | bool isNegatedPowerOf2() const { |
442 | assert(BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth && "zero width values not allowed" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth && \"zero width values not allowed\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 442, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
443 | if (isNonNegative()) |
444 | return false; |
445 | // NegatedPowerOf2 - shifted mask in the top bits. |
446 | unsigned LO = countl_one(); |
447 | unsigned TZ = countr_zero(); |
448 | return (LO + TZ) == BitWidth; |
449 | } |
450 | |
451 | /// Check if the APInt's value is returned by getSignMask. |
452 | /// |
453 | /// \returns true if this is the value returned by getSignMask. |
454 | bool isSignMask() const { return isMinSignedValue(); } |
455 | |
456 | /// Convert APInt to a boolean value. |
457 | /// |
458 | /// This converts the APInt to a boolean value as a test against zero. |
459 | bool getBoolValue() const { return !isZero(); } |
460 | |
461 | /// If this value is smaller than the specified limit, return it, otherwise |
462 | /// return the limit value. This causes the value to saturate to the limit. |
463 | uint64_t getLimitedValue(uint64_t Limit = UINT64_MAX(18446744073709551615UL)) const { |
464 | return ugt(Limit) ? Limit : getZExtValue(); |
465 | } |
466 | |
467 | /// Check if the APInt consists of a repeated bit pattern. |
468 | /// |
469 | /// e.g. 0x01010101 satisfies isSplat(8). |
470 | /// \param SplatSizeInBits The size of the pattern in bits. Must divide bit |
471 | /// width without remainder. |
472 | bool isSplat(unsigned SplatSizeInBits) const; |
473 | |
474 | /// \returns true if this APInt value is a sequence of \param numBits ones |
475 | /// starting at the least significant bit with the remainder zero. |
476 | bool isMask(unsigned numBits) const { |
477 | assert(numBits != 0 && "numBits must be non-zero")(static_cast <bool> (numBits != 0 && "numBits must be non-zero" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits != 0 && \"numBits must be non-zero\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 477, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
478 | assert(numBits <= BitWidth && "numBits out of range")(static_cast <bool> (numBits <= BitWidth && "numBits out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("numBits <= BitWidth && \"numBits out of range\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 478, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
479 | if (isSingleWord()) |
480 | return U.VAL == (WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - numBits)); |
481 | unsigned Ones = countTrailingOnesSlowCase(); |
482 | return (numBits == Ones) && |
483 | ((Ones + countLeadingZerosSlowCase()) == BitWidth); |
484 | } |
485 | |
486 | /// \returns true if this APInt is a non-empty sequence of ones starting at |
487 | /// the least significant bit with the remainder zero. |
488 | /// Ex. isMask(0x0000FFFFU) == true. |
489 | bool isMask() const { |
490 | if (isSingleWord()) |
491 | return isMask_64(U.VAL); |
492 | unsigned Ones = countTrailingOnesSlowCase(); |
493 | return (Ones > 0) && ((Ones + countLeadingZerosSlowCase()) == BitWidth); |
494 | } |
495 | |
496 | /// Return true if this APInt value contains a non-empty sequence of ones with |
497 | /// the remainder zero. |
498 | bool isShiftedMask() const { |
499 | if (isSingleWord()) |
500 | return isShiftedMask_64(U.VAL); |
501 | unsigned Ones = countPopulationSlowCase(); |
502 | unsigned LeadZ = countLeadingZerosSlowCase(); |
503 | return (Ones + LeadZ + countr_zero()) == BitWidth; |
504 | } |
505 | |
506 | /// Return true if this APInt value contains a non-empty sequence of ones with |
507 | /// the remainder zero. If true, \p MaskIdx will specify the index of the |
508 | /// lowest set bit and \p MaskLen is updated to specify the length of the |
509 | /// mask, else neither are updated. |
510 | bool isShiftedMask(unsigned &MaskIdx, unsigned &MaskLen) const { |
511 | if (isSingleWord()) |
512 | return isShiftedMask_64(U.VAL, MaskIdx, MaskLen); |
513 | unsigned Ones = countPopulationSlowCase(); |
514 | unsigned LeadZ = countLeadingZerosSlowCase(); |
515 | unsigned TrailZ = countTrailingZerosSlowCase(); |
516 | if ((Ones + LeadZ + TrailZ) != BitWidth) |
517 | return false; |
518 | MaskLen = Ones; |
519 | MaskIdx = TrailZ; |
520 | return true; |
521 | } |
522 | |
523 | /// Compute an APInt containing numBits highbits from this APInt. |
524 | /// |
525 | /// Get an APInt with the same BitWidth as this APInt, just zero mask the low |
526 | /// bits and right shift to the least significant bit. |
527 | /// |
528 | /// \returns the high "numBits" bits of this APInt. |
529 | APInt getHiBits(unsigned numBits) const; |
530 | |
531 | /// Compute an APInt containing numBits lowbits from this APInt. |
532 | /// |
533 | /// Get an APInt with the same BitWidth as this APInt, just zero mask the high |
534 | /// bits. |
535 | /// |
536 | /// \returns the low "numBits" bits of this APInt. |
537 | APInt getLoBits(unsigned numBits) const; |
538 | |
539 | /// Determine if two APInts have the same value, after zero-extending |
540 | /// one of them (if needed!) to ensure that the bit-widths match. |
541 | static bool isSameValue(const APInt &I1, const APInt &I2) { |
542 | if (I1.getBitWidth() == I2.getBitWidth()) |
543 | return I1 == I2; |
544 | |
545 | if (I1.getBitWidth() > I2.getBitWidth()) |
546 | return I1 == I2.zext(I1.getBitWidth()); |
547 | |
548 | return I1.zext(I2.getBitWidth()) == I2; |
549 | } |
550 | |
551 | /// Overload to compute a hash_code for an APInt value. |
552 | friend hash_code hash_value(const APInt &Arg); |
553 | |
554 | /// This function returns a pointer to the internal storage of the APInt. |
555 | /// This is useful for writing out the APInt in binary form without any |
556 | /// conversions. |
557 | const uint64_t *getRawData() const { |
558 | if (isSingleWord()) |
559 | return &U.VAL; |
560 | return &U.pVal[0]; |
561 | } |
562 | |
563 | /// @} |
564 | /// \name Unary Operators |
565 | /// @{ |
566 | |
567 | /// Postfix increment operator. Increment *this by 1. |
568 | /// |
569 | /// \returns a new APInt value representing the original value of *this. |
570 | APInt operator++(int) { |
571 | APInt API(*this); |
572 | ++(*this); |
573 | return API; |
574 | } |
575 | |
576 | /// Prefix increment operator. |
577 | /// |
578 | /// \returns *this incremented by one |
579 | APInt &operator++(); |
580 | |
581 | /// Postfix decrement operator. Decrement *this by 1. |
582 | /// |
583 | /// \returns a new APInt value representing the original value of *this. |
584 | APInt operator--(int) { |
585 | APInt API(*this); |
586 | --(*this); |
587 | return API; |
588 | } |
589 | |
590 | /// Prefix decrement operator. |
591 | /// |
592 | /// \returns *this decremented by one. |
593 | APInt &operator--(); |
594 | |
595 | /// Logical negation operation on this APInt returns true if zero, like normal |
596 | /// integers. |
597 | bool operator!() const { return isZero(); } |
598 | |
599 | /// @} |
600 | /// \name Assignment Operators |
601 | /// @{ |
602 | |
603 | /// Copy assignment operator. |
604 | /// |
605 | /// \returns *this after assignment of RHS. |
606 | APInt &operator=(const APInt &RHS) { |
607 | // The common case (both source or dest being inline) doesn't require |
608 | // allocation or deallocation. |
609 | if (isSingleWord() && RHS.isSingleWord()) { |
610 | U.VAL = RHS.U.VAL; |
611 | BitWidth = RHS.BitWidth; |
612 | return *this; |
613 | } |
614 | |
615 | assignSlowCase(RHS); |
616 | return *this; |
617 | } |
618 | |
619 | /// Move assignment operator. |
620 | APInt &operator=(APInt &&that) { |
621 | #ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS |
622 | // Some std::shuffle implementations still do self-assignment. |
623 | if (this == &that) |
624 | return *this; |
625 | #endif |
626 | assert(this != &that && "Self-move not supported")(static_cast <bool> (this != &that && "Self-move not supported" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("this != &that && \"Self-move not supported\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 626, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
627 | if (!isSingleWord()) |
628 | delete[] U.pVal; |
629 | |
630 | // Use memcpy so that type based alias analysis sees both VAL and pVal |
631 | // as modified. |
632 | memcpy(&U, &that.U, sizeof(U)); |
633 | |
634 | BitWidth = that.BitWidth; |
635 | that.BitWidth = 0; |
636 | return *this; |
637 | } |
638 | |
639 | /// Assignment operator. |
640 | /// |
641 | /// The RHS value is assigned to *this. If the significant bits in RHS exceed |
642 | /// the bit width, the excess bits are truncated. If the bit width is larger |
643 | /// than 64, the value is zero filled in the unspecified high order bits. |
644 | /// |
645 | /// \returns *this after assignment of RHS value. |
646 | APInt &operator=(uint64_t RHS) { |
647 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
648 | U.VAL = RHS; |
649 | return clearUnusedBits(); |
650 | } |
651 | U.pVal[0] = RHS; |
652 | memset(U.pVal + 1, 0, (getNumWords() - 1) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); |
653 | return *this; |
654 | } |
655 | |
656 | /// Bitwise AND assignment operator. |
657 | /// |
658 | /// Performs a bitwise AND operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is |
659 | /// assigned to *this. |
660 | /// |
661 | /// \returns *this after ANDing with RHS. |
662 | APInt &operator&=(const APInt &RHS) { |
663 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 663, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
664 | if (isSingleWord()) |
665 | U.VAL &= RHS.U.VAL; |
666 | else |
667 | andAssignSlowCase(RHS); |
668 | return *this; |
669 | } |
670 | |
671 | /// Bitwise AND assignment operator. |
672 | /// |
673 | /// Performs a bitwise AND operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is |
674 | /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of |
675 | /// the LHS. |
676 | APInt &operator&=(uint64_t RHS) { |
677 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
678 | U.VAL &= RHS; |
679 | return *this; |
680 | } |
681 | U.pVal[0] &= RHS; |
682 | memset(U.pVal + 1, 0, (getNumWords() - 1) * APINT_WORD_SIZE); |
683 | return *this; |
684 | } |
685 | |
686 | /// Bitwise OR assignment operator. |
687 | /// |
688 | /// Performs a bitwise OR operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is |
689 | /// assigned *this; |
690 | /// |
691 | /// \returns *this after ORing with RHS. |
692 | APInt &operator|=(const APInt &RHS) { |
693 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 693, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
694 | if (isSingleWord()) |
695 | U.VAL |= RHS.U.VAL; |
696 | else |
697 | orAssignSlowCase(RHS); |
698 | return *this; |
699 | } |
700 | |
701 | /// Bitwise OR assignment operator. |
702 | /// |
703 | /// Performs a bitwise OR operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is |
704 | /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of |
705 | /// the LHS. |
706 | APInt &operator|=(uint64_t RHS) { |
707 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
708 | U.VAL |= RHS; |
709 | return clearUnusedBits(); |
710 | } |
711 | U.pVal[0] |= RHS; |
712 | return *this; |
713 | } |
714 | |
715 | /// Bitwise XOR assignment operator. |
716 | /// |
717 | /// Performs a bitwise XOR operation on this APInt and RHS. The result is |
718 | /// assigned to *this. |
719 | /// |
720 | /// \returns *this after XORing with RHS. |
721 | APInt &operator^=(const APInt &RHS) { |
722 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 722, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
723 | if (isSingleWord()) |
724 | U.VAL ^= RHS.U.VAL; |
725 | else |
726 | xorAssignSlowCase(RHS); |
727 | return *this; |
728 | } |
729 | |
730 | /// Bitwise XOR assignment operator. |
731 | /// |
732 | /// Performs a bitwise XOR operation on this APInt and RHS. RHS is |
733 | /// logically zero-extended or truncated to match the bit-width of |
734 | /// the LHS. |
735 | APInt &operator^=(uint64_t RHS) { |
736 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
737 | U.VAL ^= RHS; |
738 | return clearUnusedBits(); |
739 | } |
740 | U.pVal[0] ^= RHS; |
741 | return *this; |
742 | } |
743 | |
744 | /// Multiplication assignment operator. |
745 | /// |
746 | /// Multiplies this APInt by RHS and assigns the result to *this. |
747 | /// |
748 | /// \returns *this |
749 | APInt &operator*=(const APInt &RHS); |
750 | APInt &operator*=(uint64_t RHS); |
751 | |
752 | /// Addition assignment operator. |
753 | /// |
754 | /// Adds RHS to *this and assigns the result to *this. |
755 | /// |
756 | /// \returns *this |
757 | APInt &operator+=(const APInt &RHS); |
758 | APInt &operator+=(uint64_t RHS); |
759 | |
760 | /// Subtraction assignment operator. |
761 | /// |
762 | /// Subtracts RHS from *this and assigns the result to *this. |
763 | /// |
764 | /// \returns *this |
765 | APInt &operator-=(const APInt &RHS); |
766 | APInt &operator-=(uint64_t RHS); |
767 | |
768 | /// Left-shift assignment function. |
769 | /// |
770 | /// Shifts *this left by shiftAmt and assigns the result to *this. |
771 | /// |
772 | /// \returns *this after shifting left by ShiftAmt |
773 | APInt &operator<<=(unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
774 | assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount")(static_cast <bool> (ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && \"Invalid shift amount\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 774, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
775 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
776 | if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth) |
777 | U.VAL = 0; |
778 | else |
779 | U.VAL <<= ShiftAmt; |
780 | return clearUnusedBits(); |
781 | } |
782 | shlSlowCase(ShiftAmt); |
783 | return *this; |
784 | } |
785 | |
786 | /// Left-shift assignment function. |
787 | /// |
788 | /// Shifts *this left by shiftAmt and assigns the result to *this. |
789 | /// |
790 | /// \returns *this after shifting left by ShiftAmt |
791 | APInt &operator<<=(const APInt &ShiftAmt); |
792 | |
793 | /// @} |
794 | /// \name Binary Operators |
795 | /// @{ |
796 | |
797 | /// Multiplication operator. |
798 | /// |
799 | /// Multiplies this APInt by RHS and returns the result. |
800 | APInt operator*(const APInt &RHS) const; |
801 | |
802 | /// Left logical shift operator. |
803 | /// |
804 | /// Shifts this APInt left by \p Bits and returns the result. |
805 | APInt operator<<(unsigned Bits) const { return shl(Bits); } |
806 | |
807 | /// Left logical shift operator. |
808 | /// |
809 | /// Shifts this APInt left by \p Bits and returns the result. |
810 | APInt operator<<(const APInt &Bits) const { return shl(Bits); } |
811 | |
812 | /// Arithmetic right-shift function. |
813 | /// |
814 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. |
815 | APInt ashr(unsigned ShiftAmt) const { |
816 | APInt R(*this); |
817 | R.ashrInPlace(ShiftAmt); |
818 | return R; |
819 | } |
820 | |
821 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place. |
822 | void ashrInPlace(unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
823 | assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount")(static_cast <bool> (ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && \"Invalid shift amount\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 823, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
824 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
825 | int64_t SExtVAL = SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth); |
826 | if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth) |
827 | U.VAL = SExtVAL >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1); // Fill with sign bit. |
828 | else |
829 | U.VAL = SExtVAL >> ShiftAmt; |
830 | clearUnusedBits(); |
831 | return; |
832 | } |
833 | ashrSlowCase(ShiftAmt); |
834 | } |
835 | |
836 | /// Logical right-shift function. |
837 | /// |
838 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. |
839 | APInt lshr(unsigned shiftAmt) const { |
840 | APInt R(*this); |
841 | R.lshrInPlace(shiftAmt); |
842 | return R; |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place. |
846 | void lshrInPlace(unsigned ShiftAmt) { |
847 | assert(ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount")(static_cast <bool> (ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && "Invalid shift amount") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ShiftAmt <= BitWidth && \"Invalid shift amount\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 847, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
848 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
849 | if (ShiftAmt == BitWidth) |
850 | U.VAL = 0; |
851 | else |
852 | U.VAL >>= ShiftAmt; |
853 | return; |
854 | } |
855 | lshrSlowCase(ShiftAmt); |
856 | } |
857 | |
858 | /// Left-shift function. |
859 | /// |
860 | /// Left-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. |
861 | APInt shl(unsigned shiftAmt) const { |
862 | APInt R(*this); |
863 | R <<= shiftAmt; |
864 | return R; |
865 | } |
866 | |
867 | /// relative logical shift right |
868 | APInt relativeLShr(int RelativeShift) const { |
869 | return RelativeShift > 0 ? lshr(RelativeShift) : shl(-RelativeShift); |
870 | } |
871 | |
872 | /// relative logical shift left |
873 | APInt relativeLShl(int RelativeShift) const { |
874 | return relativeLShr(-RelativeShift); |
875 | } |
876 | |
877 | /// relative arithmetic shift right |
878 | APInt relativeAShr(int RelativeShift) const { |
879 | return RelativeShift > 0 ? ashr(RelativeShift) : shl(-RelativeShift); |
880 | } |
881 | |
882 | /// relative arithmetic shift left |
883 | APInt relativeAShl(int RelativeShift) const { |
884 | return relativeAShr(-RelativeShift); |
885 | } |
886 | |
887 | /// Rotate left by rotateAmt. |
888 | APInt rotl(unsigned rotateAmt) const; |
889 | |
890 | /// Rotate right by rotateAmt. |
891 | APInt rotr(unsigned rotateAmt) const; |
892 | |
893 | /// Arithmetic right-shift function. |
894 | /// |
895 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. |
896 | APInt ashr(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const { |
897 | APInt R(*this); |
898 | R.ashrInPlace(ShiftAmt); |
899 | return R; |
900 | } |
901 | |
902 | /// Arithmetic right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt in place. |
903 | void ashrInPlace(const APInt &shiftAmt); |
904 | |
905 | /// Logical right-shift function. |
906 | /// |
907 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. |
908 | APInt lshr(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const { |
909 | APInt R(*this); |
910 | R.lshrInPlace(ShiftAmt); |
911 | return R; |
912 | } |
913 | |
914 | /// Logical right-shift this APInt by ShiftAmt in place. |
915 | void lshrInPlace(const APInt &ShiftAmt); |
916 | |
917 | /// Left-shift function. |
918 | /// |
919 | /// Left-shift this APInt by shiftAmt. |
920 | APInt shl(const APInt &ShiftAmt) const { |
921 | APInt R(*this); |
922 | R <<= ShiftAmt; |
923 | return R; |
924 | } |
925 | |
926 | /// Rotate left by rotateAmt. |
927 | APInt rotl(const APInt &rotateAmt) const; |
928 | |
929 | /// Rotate right by rotateAmt. |
930 | APInt rotr(const APInt &rotateAmt) const; |
931 | |
932 | /// Concatenate the bits from "NewLSB" onto the bottom of *this. This is |
933 | /// equivalent to: |
934 | /// (this->zext(NewWidth) << NewLSB.getBitWidth()) | NewLSB.zext(NewWidth) |
935 | APInt concat(const APInt &NewLSB) const { |
936 | /// If the result will be small, then both the merged values are small. |
937 | unsigned NewWidth = getBitWidth() + NewLSB.getBitWidth(); |
938 | if (NewWidth <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) |
939 | return APInt(NewWidth, (U.VAL << NewLSB.getBitWidth()) | NewLSB.U.VAL); |
940 | return concatSlowCase(NewLSB); |
941 | } |
942 | |
943 | /// Unsigned division operation. |
944 | /// |
945 | /// Perform an unsigned divide operation on this APInt by RHS. Both this and |
946 | /// RHS are treated as unsigned quantities for purposes of this division. |
947 | /// |
948 | /// \returns a new APInt value containing the division result, rounded towards |
949 | /// zero. |
950 | APInt udiv(const APInt &RHS) const; |
951 | APInt udiv(uint64_t RHS) const; |
952 | |
953 | /// Signed division function for APInt. |
954 | /// |
955 | /// Signed divide this APInt by APInt RHS. |
956 | /// |
957 | /// The result is rounded towards zero. |
958 | APInt sdiv(const APInt &RHS) const; |
959 | APInt sdiv(int64_t RHS) const; |
960 | |
961 | /// Unsigned remainder operation. |
962 | /// |
963 | /// Perform an unsigned remainder operation on this APInt with RHS being the |
964 | /// divisor. Both this and RHS are treated as unsigned quantities for purposes |
965 | /// of this operation. |
966 | /// |
967 | /// \returns a new APInt value containing the remainder result |
968 | APInt urem(const APInt &RHS) const; |
969 | uint64_t urem(uint64_t RHS) const; |
970 | |
971 | /// Function for signed remainder operation. |
972 | /// |
973 | /// Signed remainder operation on APInt. |
974 | /// |
975 | /// Note that this is a true remainder operation and not a modulo operation |
976 | /// because the sign follows the sign of the dividend which is *this. |
977 | APInt srem(const APInt &RHS) const; |
978 | int64_t srem(int64_t RHS) const; |
979 | |
980 | /// Dual division/remainder interface. |
981 | /// |
982 | /// Sometimes it is convenient to divide two APInt values and obtain both the |
983 | /// quotient and remainder. This function does both operations in the same |
984 | /// computation making it a little more efficient. The pair of input arguments |
985 | /// may overlap with the pair of output arguments. It is safe to call |
986 | /// udivrem(X, Y, X, Y), for example. |
987 | static void udivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient, |
988 | APInt &Remainder); |
989 | static void udivrem(const APInt &LHS, uint64_t RHS, APInt &Quotient, |
990 | uint64_t &Remainder); |
991 | |
992 | static void sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient, |
993 | APInt &Remainder); |
994 | static void sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, int64_t RHS, APInt &Quotient, |
995 | int64_t &Remainder); |
996 | |
997 | // Operations that return overflow indicators. |
998 | APInt sadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; |
999 | APInt uadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; |
1000 | APInt ssub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; |
1001 | APInt usub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; |
1002 | APInt sdiv_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; |
1003 | APInt smul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; |
1004 | APInt umul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const; |
1005 | APInt sshl_ov(const APInt &Amt, bool &Overflow) const; |
1006 | APInt ushl_ov(const APInt &Amt, bool &Overflow) const; |
1007 | |
1008 | // Operations that saturate |
1009 | APInt sadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; |
1010 | APInt uadd_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; |
1011 | APInt ssub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; |
1012 | APInt usub_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; |
1013 | APInt smul_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; |
1014 | APInt umul_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; |
1015 | APInt sshl_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; |
1016 | APInt ushl_sat(const APInt &RHS) const; |
1017 | |
1018 | /// Array-indexing support. |
1019 | /// |
1020 | /// \returns the bit value at bitPosition |
1021 | bool operator[](unsigned bitPosition) const { |
1022 | assert(bitPosition < getBitWidth() && "Bit position out of bounds!")(static_cast <bool> (bitPosition < getBitWidth() && "Bit position out of bounds!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("bitPosition < getBitWidth() && \"Bit position out of bounds!\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1022, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1023 | return (maskBit(bitPosition) & getWord(bitPosition)) != 0; |
1024 | } |
1025 | |
1026 | /// @} |
1027 | /// \name Comparison Operators |
1028 | /// @{ |
1029 | |
1030 | /// Equality operator. |
1031 | /// |
1032 | /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the equality |
1033 | /// relationship. |
1034 | bool operator==(const APInt &RHS) const { |
1035 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Comparison requires equal bit widths")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Comparison requires equal bit widths") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Comparison requires equal bit widths\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1035, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1036 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1037 | return U.VAL == RHS.U.VAL; |
1038 | return equalSlowCase(RHS); |
1039 | } |
1040 | |
1041 | /// Equality operator. |
1042 | /// |
1043 | /// Compares this APInt with a uint64_t for the validity of the equality |
1044 | /// relationship. |
1045 | /// |
1046 | /// \returns true if *this == Val |
1047 | bool operator==(uint64_t Val) const { |
1048 | return (isSingleWord() || getActiveBits() <= 64) && getZExtValue() == Val; |
1049 | } |
1050 | |
1051 | /// Equality comparison. |
1052 | /// |
1053 | /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the equality |
1054 | /// relationship. |
1055 | /// |
1056 | /// \returns true if *this == Val |
1057 | bool eq(const APInt &RHS) const { return (*this) == RHS; } |
1058 | |
1059 | /// Inequality operator. |
1060 | /// |
1061 | /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the inequality |
1062 | /// relationship. |
1063 | /// |
1064 | /// \returns true if *this != Val |
1065 | bool operator!=(const APInt &RHS) const { return !((*this) == RHS); } |
1066 | |
1067 | /// Inequality operator. |
1068 | /// |
1069 | /// Compares this APInt with a uint64_t for the validity of the inequality |
1070 | /// relationship. |
1071 | /// |
1072 | /// \returns true if *this != Val |
1073 | bool operator!=(uint64_t Val) const { return !((*this) == Val); } |
1074 | |
1075 | /// Inequality comparison |
1076 | /// |
1077 | /// Compares this APInt with RHS for the validity of the inequality |
1078 | /// relationship. |
1079 | /// |
1080 | /// \returns true if *this != Val |
1081 | bool ne(const APInt &RHS) const { return !((*this) == RHS); } |
1082 | |
1083 | /// Unsigned less than comparison |
1084 | /// |
1085 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for |
1086 | /// the validity of the less-than relationship. |
1087 | /// |
1088 | /// \returns true if *this < RHS when both are considered unsigned. |
1089 | bool ult(const APInt &RHS) const { return compare(RHS) < 0; } |
1090 | |
1091 | /// Unsigned less than comparison |
1092 | /// |
1093 | /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for |
1094 | /// the validity of the less-than relationship. |
1095 | /// |
1096 | /// \returns true if *this < RHS when considered unsigned. |
1097 | bool ult(uint64_t RHS) const { |
1098 | // Only need to check active bits if not a single word. |
1099 | return (isSingleWord() || getActiveBits() <= 64) && getZExtValue() < RHS; |
1100 | } |
1101 | |
1102 | /// Signed less than comparison |
1103 | /// |
1104 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for |
1105 | /// validity of the less-than relationship. |
1106 | /// |
1107 | /// \returns true if *this < RHS when both are considered signed. |
1108 | bool slt(const APInt &RHS) const { return compareSigned(RHS) < 0; } |
1109 | |
1110 | /// Signed less than comparison |
1111 | /// |
1112 | /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for |
1113 | /// the validity of the less-than relationship. |
1114 | /// |
1115 | /// \returns true if *this < RHS when considered signed. |
1116 | bool slt(int64_t RHS) const { |
1117 | return (!isSingleWord() && getSignificantBits() > 64) |
1118 | ? isNegative() |
1119 | : getSExtValue() < RHS; |
1120 | } |
1121 | |
1122 | /// Unsigned less or equal comparison |
1123 | /// |
1124 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for |
1125 | /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship. |
1126 | /// |
1127 | /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when both are considered unsigned. |
1128 | bool ule(const APInt &RHS) const { return compare(RHS) <= 0; } |
1129 | |
1130 | /// Unsigned less or equal comparison |
1131 | /// |
1132 | /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for |
1133 | /// the validity of the less-or-equal relationship. |
1134 | /// |
1135 | /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when considered unsigned. |
1136 | bool ule(uint64_t RHS) const { return !ugt(RHS); } |
1137 | |
1138 | /// Signed less or equal comparison |
1139 | /// |
1140 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for |
1141 | /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship. |
1142 | /// |
1143 | /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when both are considered signed. |
1144 | bool sle(const APInt &RHS) const { return compareSigned(RHS) <= 0; } |
1145 | |
1146 | /// Signed less or equal comparison |
1147 | /// |
1148 | /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for the |
1149 | /// validity of the less-or-equal relationship. |
1150 | /// |
1151 | /// \returns true if *this <= RHS when considered signed. |
1152 | bool sle(uint64_t RHS) const { return !sgt(RHS); } |
1153 | |
1154 | /// Unsigned greater than comparison |
1155 | /// |
1156 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for |
1157 | /// the validity of the greater-than relationship. |
1158 | /// |
1159 | /// \returns true if *this > RHS when both are considered unsigned. |
1160 | bool ugt(const APInt &RHS) const { return !ule(RHS); } |
1161 | |
1162 | /// Unsigned greater than comparison |
1163 | /// |
1164 | /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for |
1165 | /// the validity of the greater-than relationship. |
1166 | /// |
1167 | /// \returns true if *this > RHS when considered unsigned. |
1168 | bool ugt(uint64_t RHS) const { |
1169 | // Only need to check active bits if not a single word. |
1170 | return (!isSingleWord() && getActiveBits() > 64) || getZExtValue() > RHS; |
1171 | } |
1172 | |
1173 | /// Signed greater than comparison |
1174 | /// |
1175 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for the |
1176 | /// validity of the greater-than relationship. |
1177 | /// |
1178 | /// \returns true if *this > RHS when both are considered signed. |
1179 | bool sgt(const APInt &RHS) const { return !sle(RHS); } |
1180 | |
1181 | /// Signed greater than comparison |
1182 | /// |
1183 | /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for |
1184 | /// the validity of the greater-than relationship. |
1185 | /// |
1186 | /// \returns true if *this > RHS when considered signed. |
1187 | bool sgt(int64_t RHS) const { |
1188 | return (!isSingleWord() && getSignificantBits() > 64) |
1189 | ? !isNegative() |
1190 | : getSExtValue() > RHS; |
1191 | } |
1192 | |
1193 | /// Unsigned greater or equal comparison |
1194 | /// |
1195 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as unsigned quantities and compares them for |
1196 | /// validity of the greater-or-equal relationship. |
1197 | /// |
1198 | /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when both are considered unsigned. |
1199 | bool uge(const APInt &RHS) const { return !ult(RHS); } |
1200 | |
1201 | /// Unsigned greater or equal comparison |
1202 | /// |
1203 | /// Regards both *this as an unsigned quantity and compares it with RHS for |
1204 | /// the validity of the greater-or-equal relationship. |
1205 | /// |
1206 | /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when considered unsigned. |
1207 | bool uge(uint64_t RHS) const { return !ult(RHS); } |
1208 | |
1209 | /// Signed greater or equal comparison |
1210 | /// |
1211 | /// Regards both *this and RHS as signed quantities and compares them for |
1212 | /// validity of the greater-or-equal relationship. |
1213 | /// |
1214 | /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when both are considered signed. |
1215 | bool sge(const APInt &RHS) const { return !slt(RHS); } |
1216 | |
1217 | /// Signed greater or equal comparison |
1218 | /// |
1219 | /// Regards both *this as a signed quantity and compares it with RHS for |
1220 | /// the validity of the greater-or-equal relationship. |
1221 | /// |
1222 | /// \returns true if *this >= RHS when considered signed. |
1223 | bool sge(int64_t RHS) const { return !slt(RHS); } |
1224 | |
1225 | /// This operation tests if there are any pairs of corresponding bits |
1226 | /// between this APInt and RHS that are both set. |
1227 | bool intersects(const APInt &RHS) const { |
1228 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1228, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1229 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1230 | return (U.VAL & RHS.U.VAL) != 0; |
1231 | return intersectsSlowCase(RHS); |
1232 | } |
1233 | |
1234 | /// This operation checks that all bits set in this APInt are also set in RHS. |
1235 | bool isSubsetOf(const APInt &RHS) const { |
1236 | assert(BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same")(static_cast <bool> (BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && "Bit widths must be the same") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitWidth == RHS.BitWidth && \"Bit widths must be the same\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1236, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1237 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1238 | return (U.VAL & ~RHS.U.VAL) == 0; |
1239 | return isSubsetOfSlowCase(RHS); |
1240 | } |
1241 | |
1242 | /// @} |
1243 | /// \name Resizing Operators |
1244 | /// @{ |
1245 | |
1246 | /// Truncate to new width. |
1247 | /// |
1248 | /// Truncate the APInt to a specified width. It is an error to specify a width |
1249 | /// that is greater than the current width. |
1250 | APInt trunc(unsigned width) const; |
1251 | |
1252 | /// Truncate to new width with unsigned saturation. |
1253 | /// |
1254 | /// If the APInt, treated as unsigned integer, can be losslessly truncated to |
1255 | /// the new bitwidth, then return truncated APInt. Else, return max value. |
1256 | APInt truncUSat(unsigned width) const; |
1257 | |
1258 | /// Truncate to new width with signed saturation. |
1259 | /// |
1260 | /// If this APInt, treated as signed integer, can be losslessly truncated to |
1261 | /// the new bitwidth, then return truncated APInt. Else, return either |
1262 | /// signed min value if the APInt was negative, or signed max value. |
1263 | APInt truncSSat(unsigned width) const; |
1264 | |
1265 | /// Sign extend to a new width. |
1266 | /// |
1267 | /// This operation sign extends the APInt to a new width. If the high order |
1268 | /// bit is set, the fill on the left will be done with 1 bits, otherwise zero. |
1269 | /// It is an error to specify a width that is less than the |
1270 | /// current width. |
1271 | APInt sext(unsigned width) const; |
1272 | |
1273 | /// Zero extend to a new width. |
1274 | /// |
1275 | /// This operation zero extends the APInt to a new width. The high order bits |
1276 | /// are filled with 0 bits. It is an error to specify a width that is less |
1277 | /// than the current width. |
1278 | APInt zext(unsigned width) const; |
1279 | |
1280 | /// Sign extend or truncate to width |
1281 | /// |
1282 | /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is sign |
1283 | /// extended, truncated, or left alone to make it that width. |
1284 | APInt sextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const; |
1285 | |
1286 | /// Zero extend or truncate to width |
1287 | /// |
1288 | /// Make this APInt have the bit width given by \p width. The value is zero |
1289 | /// extended, truncated, or left alone to make it that width. |
1290 | APInt zextOrTrunc(unsigned width) const; |
1291 | |
1292 | /// @} |
1293 | /// \name Bit Manipulation Operators |
1294 | /// @{ |
1295 | |
1296 | /// Set every bit to 1. |
1297 | void setAllBits() { |
1298 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1299 | U.VAL = WORDTYPE_MAX; |
1300 | else |
1301 | // Set all the bits in all the words. |
1302 | memset(U.pVal, -1, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); |
1303 | // Clear the unused ones |
1304 | clearUnusedBits(); |
1305 | } |
1306 | |
1307 | /// Set the given bit to 1 whose position is given as "bitPosition". |
1308 | void setBit(unsigned BitPosition) { |
1309 | assert(BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range")(static_cast <bool> (BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitPosition < BitWidth && \"BitPosition out of range\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1309, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1310 | WordType Mask = maskBit(BitPosition); |
1311 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1312 | U.VAL |= Mask; |
1313 | else |
1314 | U.pVal[whichWord(BitPosition)] |= Mask; |
1315 | } |
1316 | |
1317 | /// Set the sign bit to 1. |
1318 | void setSignBit() { setBit(BitWidth - 1); } |
1319 | |
1320 | /// Set a given bit to a given value. |
1321 | void setBitVal(unsigned BitPosition, bool BitValue) { |
1322 | if (BitValue) |
1323 | setBit(BitPosition); |
1324 | else |
1325 | clearBit(BitPosition); |
1326 | } |
1327 | |
1328 | /// Set the bits from loBit (inclusive) to hiBit (exclusive) to 1. |
1329 | /// This function handles "wrap" case when \p loBit >= \p hiBit, and calls |
1330 | /// setBits when \p loBit < \p hiBit. |
1331 | /// For \p loBit == \p hiBit wrap case, set every bit to 1. |
1332 | void setBitsWithWrap(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) { |
1333 | assert(hiBit <= BitWidth && "hiBit out of range")(static_cast <bool> (hiBit <= BitWidth && "hiBit out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hiBit <= BitWidth && \"hiBit out of range\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1333, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1334 | assert(loBit <= BitWidth && "loBit out of range")(static_cast <bool> (loBit <= BitWidth && "loBit out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("loBit <= BitWidth && \"loBit out of range\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1334, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1335 | if (loBit < hiBit) { |
1336 | setBits(loBit, hiBit); |
1337 | return; |
1338 | } |
1339 | setLowBits(hiBit); |
1340 | setHighBits(BitWidth - loBit); |
1341 | } |
1342 | |
1343 | /// Set the bits from loBit (inclusive) to hiBit (exclusive) to 1. |
1344 | /// This function handles case when \p loBit <= \p hiBit. |
1345 | void setBits(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit) { |
1346 | assert(hiBit <= BitWidth && "hiBit out of range")(static_cast <bool> (hiBit <= BitWidth && "hiBit out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hiBit <= BitWidth && \"hiBit out of range\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1346, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1347 | assert(loBit <= BitWidth && "loBit out of range")(static_cast <bool> (loBit <= BitWidth && "loBit out of range" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("loBit <= BitWidth && \"loBit out of range\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1347, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1348 | assert(loBit <= hiBit && "loBit greater than hiBit")(static_cast <bool> (loBit <= hiBit && "loBit greater than hiBit" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("loBit <= hiBit && \"loBit greater than hiBit\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1348, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1349 | if (loBit == hiBit) |
1350 | return; |
1351 | if (loBit < APINT_BITS_PER_WORD && hiBit <= APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) { |
1352 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - (hiBit - loBit)); |
1353 | mask <<= loBit; |
1354 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1355 | U.VAL |= mask; |
1356 | else |
1357 | U.pVal[0] |= mask; |
1358 | } else { |
1359 | setBitsSlowCase(loBit, hiBit); |
1360 | } |
1361 | } |
1362 | |
1363 | /// Set the top bits starting from loBit. |
1364 | void setBitsFrom(unsigned loBit) { return setBits(loBit, BitWidth); } |
1365 | |
1366 | /// Set the bottom loBits bits. |
1367 | void setLowBits(unsigned loBits) { return setBits(0, loBits); } |
1368 | |
1369 | /// Set the top hiBits bits. |
1370 | void setHighBits(unsigned hiBits) { |
1371 | return setBits(BitWidth - hiBits, BitWidth); |
1372 | } |
1373 | |
1374 | /// Set every bit to 0. |
1375 | void clearAllBits() { |
1376 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1377 | U.VAL = 0; |
1378 | else |
1379 | memset(U.pVal, 0, getNumWords() * APINT_WORD_SIZE); |
1380 | } |
1381 | |
1382 | /// Set a given bit to 0. |
1383 | /// |
1384 | /// Set the given bit to 0 whose position is given as "bitPosition". |
1385 | void clearBit(unsigned BitPosition) { |
1386 | assert(BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range")(static_cast <bool> (BitPosition < BitWidth && "BitPosition out of range") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("BitPosition < BitWidth && \"BitPosition out of range\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1386, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1387 | WordType Mask = ~maskBit(BitPosition); |
1388 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1389 | U.VAL &= Mask; |
1390 | else |
1391 | U.pVal[whichWord(BitPosition)] &= Mask; |
1392 | } |
1393 | |
1394 | /// Set bottom loBits bits to 0. |
1395 | void clearLowBits(unsigned loBits) { |
1396 | assert(loBits <= BitWidth && "More bits than bitwidth")(static_cast <bool> (loBits <= BitWidth && "More bits than bitwidth" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("loBits <= BitWidth && \"More bits than bitwidth\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1396, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1397 | APInt Keep = getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - loBits); |
1398 | *this &= Keep; |
1399 | } |
1400 | |
1401 | /// Set the sign bit to 0. |
1402 | void clearSignBit() { clearBit(BitWidth - 1); } |
1403 | |
1404 | /// Toggle every bit to its opposite value. |
1405 | void flipAllBits() { |
1406 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
1407 | U.VAL ^= WORDTYPE_MAX; |
1408 | clearUnusedBits(); |
1409 | } else { |
1410 | flipAllBitsSlowCase(); |
1411 | } |
1412 | } |
1413 | |
1414 | /// Toggles a given bit to its opposite value. |
1415 | /// |
1416 | /// Toggle a given bit to its opposite value whose position is given |
1417 | /// as "bitPosition". |
1418 | void flipBit(unsigned bitPosition); |
1419 | |
1420 | /// Negate this APInt in place. |
1421 | void negate() { |
1422 | flipAllBits(); |
1423 | ++(*this); |
1424 | } |
1425 | |
1426 | /// Insert the bits from a smaller APInt starting at bitPosition. |
1427 | void insertBits(const APInt &SubBits, unsigned bitPosition); |
1428 | void insertBits(uint64_t SubBits, unsigned bitPosition, unsigned numBits); |
1429 | |
1430 | /// Return an APInt with the extracted bits [bitPosition,bitPosition+numBits). |
1431 | APInt extractBits(unsigned numBits, unsigned bitPosition) const; |
1432 | uint64_t extractBitsAsZExtValue(unsigned numBits, unsigned bitPosition) const; |
1433 | |
1434 | /// @} |
1435 | /// \name Value Characterization Functions |
1436 | /// @{ |
1437 | |
1438 | /// Return the number of bits in the APInt. |
1439 | unsigned getBitWidth() const { return BitWidth; } |
1440 | |
1441 | /// Get the number of words. |
1442 | /// |
1443 | /// Here one word's bitwidth equals to that of uint64_t. |
1444 | /// |
1445 | /// \returns the number of words to hold the integer value of this APInt. |
1446 | unsigned getNumWords() const { return getNumWords(BitWidth); } |
1447 | |
1448 | /// Get the number of words. |
1449 | /// |
1450 | /// *NOTE* Here one word's bitwidth equals to that of uint64_t. |
1451 | /// |
1452 | /// \returns the number of words to hold the integer value with a given bit |
1453 | /// width. |
1454 | static unsigned getNumWords(unsigned BitWidth) { |
1455 | return ((uint64_t)BitWidth + APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - 1) / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; |
1456 | } |
1457 | |
1458 | /// Compute the number of active bits in the value |
1459 | /// |
1460 | /// This function returns the number of active bits which is defined as the |
1461 | /// bit width minus the number of leading zeros. This is used in several |
1462 | /// computations to see how "wide" the value is. |
1463 | unsigned getActiveBits() const { return BitWidth - countl_zero(); } |
1464 | |
1465 | /// Compute the number of active words in the value of this APInt. |
1466 | /// |
1467 | /// This is used in conjunction with getActiveData to extract the raw value of |
1468 | /// the APInt. |
1469 | unsigned getActiveWords() const { |
1470 | unsigned numActiveBits = getActiveBits(); |
1471 | return numActiveBits ? whichWord(numActiveBits - 1) + 1 : 1; |
1472 | } |
1473 | |
1474 | /// Get the minimum bit size for this signed APInt |
1475 | /// |
1476 | /// Computes the minimum bit width for this APInt while considering it to be a |
1477 | /// signed (and probably negative) value. If the value is not negative, this |
1478 | /// function returns the same value as getActiveBits()+1. Otherwise, it |
1479 | /// returns the smallest bit width that will retain the negative value. For |
1480 | /// example, -1 can be written as 0b1 or 0xFFFFFFFFFF. 0b1 is shorter and so |
1481 | /// for -1, this function will always return 1. |
1482 | unsigned getSignificantBits() const { |
1483 | return BitWidth - getNumSignBits() + 1; |
1484 | } |
1485 | |
1486 | LLVM_DEPRECATED("use getSignificantBits instead", "getSignificantBits")__attribute__((deprecated("use getSignificantBits instead", "getSignificantBits" ))) |
1487 | unsigned getMinSignedBits() const { return getSignificantBits(); } |
1488 | |
1489 | /// Get zero extended value |
1490 | /// |
1491 | /// This method attempts to return the value of this APInt as a zero extended |
1492 | /// uint64_t. The bitwidth must be <= 64 or the value must fit within a |
1493 | /// uint64_t. Otherwise an assertion will result. |
1494 | uint64_t getZExtValue() const { |
1495 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1496 | return U.VAL; |
1497 | assert(getActiveBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for uint64_t")(static_cast <bool> (getActiveBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for uint64_t") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getActiveBits() <= 64 && \"Too many bits for uint64_t\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1497, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1498 | return U.pVal[0]; |
1499 | } |
1500 | |
1501 | /// Get zero extended value if possible |
1502 | /// |
1503 | /// This method attempts to return the value of this APInt as a zero extended |
1504 | /// uint64_t. The bitwidth must be <= 64 or the value must fit within a |
1505 | /// uint64_t. Otherwise no value is returned. |
1506 | std::optional<uint64_t> tryZExtValue() const { |
1507 | return (getActiveBits() <= 64) ? std::optional<uint64_t>(getZExtValue()) |
1508 | : std::nullopt; |
1509 | }; |
1510 | |
1511 | /// Get sign extended value |
1512 | /// |
1513 | /// This method attempts to return the value of this APInt as a sign extended |
1514 | /// int64_t. The bit width must be <= 64 or the value must fit within an |
1515 | /// int64_t. Otherwise an assertion will result. |
1516 | int64_t getSExtValue() const { |
1517 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1518 | return SignExtend64(U.VAL, BitWidth); |
1519 | assert(getSignificantBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for int64_t")(static_cast <bool> (getSignificantBits() <= 64 && "Too many bits for int64_t") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getSignificantBits() <= 64 && \"Too many bits for int64_t\"" , "llvm/include/llvm/ADT/APInt.h", 1519, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
1520 | return int64_t(U.pVal[0]); |
1521 | } |
1522 | |
1523 | /// Get sign extended value if possible |
1524 | /// |
1525 | /// This method attempts to return the value of this APInt as a sign extended |
1526 | /// int64_t. The bitwidth must be <= 64 or the value must fit within an |
1527 | /// int64_t. Otherwise no value is returned. |
1528 | std::optional<int64_t> trySExtValue() const { |
1529 | return (getSignificantBits() <= 64) ? std::optional<int64_t>(getSExtValue()) |
1530 | : std::nullopt; |
1531 | }; |
1532 | |
1533 | /// Get bits required for string value. |
1534 | /// |
1535 | /// This method determines how many bits are required to hold the APInt |
1536 | /// equivalent of the string given by \p str. |
1537 | static unsigned getBitsNeeded(StringRef str, uint8_t radix); |
1538 | |
1539 | /// Get the bits that are sufficient to represent the string value. This may |
1540 | /// over estimate the amount of bits required, but it does not require |
1541 | /// parsing the value in the string. |
1542 | static unsigned getSufficientBitsNeeded(StringRef Str, uint8_t Radix); |
1543 | |
1544 | /// The APInt version of std::countl_zero. |
1545 | /// |
1546 | /// It counts the number of zeros from the most significant bit to the first |
1547 | /// one bit. |
1548 | /// |
1549 | /// \returns BitWidth if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of |
1550 | /// zeros from the most significant bit to the first one bits. |
1551 | unsigned countl_zero() const { |
1552 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
1553 | unsigned unusedBits = APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth; |
1554 | return llvm::countl_zero(U.VAL) - unusedBits; |
1555 | } |
1556 | return countLeadingZerosSlowCase(); |
1557 | } |
1558 | |
1559 | unsigned countLeadingZeros() const { return countl_zero(); } |
1560 | |
1561 | /// Count the number of leading one bits. |
1562 | /// |
1563 | /// This function is an APInt version of std::countl_one. It counts the number |
1564 | /// of ones from the most significant bit to the first zero bit. |
1565 | /// |
1566 | /// \returns 0 if the high order bit is not set, otherwise returns the number |
1567 | /// of 1 bits from the most significant to the least |
1568 | unsigned countl_one() const { |
1569 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
1570 | if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(BitWidth == 0)__builtin_expect((bool)(BitWidth == 0), false)) |
1571 | return 0; |
1572 | return llvm::countl_one(U.VAL << (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - BitWidth)); |
1573 | } |
1574 | return countLeadingOnesSlowCase(); |
1575 | } |
1576 | |
1577 | unsigned countLeadingOnes() const { return countl_one(); } |
1578 | |
1579 | /// Computes the number of leading bits of this APInt that are equal to its |
1580 | /// sign bit. |
1581 | unsigned getNumSignBits() const { |
1582 | return isNegative() ? countl_one() : countl_zero(); |
1583 | } |
1584 | |
1585 | /// Count the number of trailing zero bits. |
1586 | /// |
1587 | /// This function is an APInt version of std::countr_zero. It counts the number |
1588 | /// of zeros from the least significant bit to the first set bit. |
1589 | /// |
1590 | /// \returns BitWidth if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of |
1591 | /// zeros from the least significant bit to the first one bit. |
1592 | unsigned countr_zero() const { |
1593 | if (isSingleWord()) { |
1594 | unsigned TrailingZeros = llvm::countr_zero(U.VAL); |
1595 | return (TrailingZeros > BitWidth ? BitWidth : TrailingZeros); |
1596 | } |
1597 | return countTrailingZerosSlowCase(); |
1598 | } |
1599 | |
1600 | unsigned countTrailingZeros() const { return countr_zero(); } |
1601 | |
1602 | /// Count the number of trailing one bits. |
1603 | /// |
1604 | /// This function is an APInt version of std::countr_one. It counts the number |
1605 | /// of ones from the least significant bit to the first zero bit. |
1606 | /// |
1607 | /// \returns BitWidth if the value is all ones, otherwise returns the number |
1608 | /// of ones from the least significant bit to the first zero bit. |
1609 | unsigned countr_one() const { |
1610 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1611 | return llvm::countr_one(U.VAL); |
1612 | return countTrailingOnesSlowCase(); |
1613 | } |
1614 | |
1615 | unsigned countTrailingOnes() const { return countr_one(); } |
1616 | |
1617 | /// Count the number of bits set. |
1618 | /// |
1619 | /// This function is an APInt version of std::popcount. It counts the number |
1620 | /// of 1 bits in the APInt value. |
1621 | /// |
1622 | /// \returns 0 if the value is zero, otherwise returns the number of set bits. |
1623 | unsigned popcount() const { |
1624 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1625 | return llvm::popcount(U.VAL); |
1626 | return countPopulationSlowCase(); |
1627 | } |
1628 | |
1629 | LLVM_DEPRECATED("use popcount instead", "popcount")__attribute__((deprecated("use popcount instead", "popcount") )) |
1630 | unsigned countPopulation() const { return popcount(); } |
1631 | |
1632 | /// @} |
1633 | /// \name Conversion Functions |
1634 | /// @{ |
1635 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, bool isSigned) const; |
1636 | |
1637 | /// Converts an APInt to a string and append it to Str. Str is commonly a |
1638 | /// SmallString. |
1639 | void toString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix, bool Signed, |
1640 | bool formatAsCLiteral = false) const; |
1641 | |
1642 | /// Considers the APInt to be unsigned and converts it into a string in the |
1643 | /// radix given. The radix can be 2, 8, 10 16, or 36. |
1644 | void toStringUnsigned(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix = 10) const { |
1645 | toString(Str, Radix, false, false); |
1646 | } |
1647 | |
1648 | /// Considers the APInt to be signed and converts it into a string in the |
1649 | /// radix given. The radix can be 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36. |
1650 | void toStringSigned(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, unsigned Radix = 10) const { |
1651 | toString(Str, Radix, true, false); |
1652 | } |
1653 | |
1654 | /// \returns a byte-swapped representation of this APInt Value. |
1655 | APInt byteSwap() const; |
1656 | |
1657 | /// \returns the value with the bit representation reversed of this APInt |
1658 | /// Value. |
1659 | APInt reverseBits() const; |
1660 | |
1661 | /// Converts this APInt to a double value. |
1662 | double roundToDouble(bool isSigned) const; |
1663 | |
1664 | /// Converts this unsigned APInt to a double value. |
1665 | double roundToDouble() const { return roundToDouble(false); } |
1666 | |
1667 | /// Converts this signed APInt to a double value. |
1668 | double signedRoundToDouble() const { return roundToDouble(true); } |
1669 | |
1670 | /// Converts APInt bits to a double |
1671 | /// |
1672 | /// The conversion does not do a translation from integer to double, it just |
1673 | /// re-interprets the bits as a double. Note that it is valid to do this on |
1674 | /// any bit width. Exactly 64 bits will be translated. |
1675 | double bitsToDouble() const { return llvm::bit_cast<double>(getWord(0)); } |
1676 | |
1677 | /// Converts APInt bits to a float |
1678 | /// |
1679 | /// The conversion does not do a translation from integer to float, it just |
1680 | /// re-interprets the bits as a float. Note that it is valid to do this on |
1681 | /// any bit width. Exactly 32 bits will be translated. |
1682 | float bitsToFloat() const { |
1683 | return llvm::bit_cast<float>(static_cast<uint32_t>(getWord(0))); |
1684 | } |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Converts a double to APInt bits. |
1687 | /// |
1688 | /// The conversion does not do a translation from double to integer, it just |
1689 | /// re-interprets the bits of the double. |
1690 | static APInt doubleToBits(double V) { |
1691 | return APInt(sizeof(double) * CHAR_BIT8, llvm::bit_cast<uint64_t>(V)); |
1692 | } |
1693 | |
1694 | /// Converts a float to APInt bits. |
1695 | /// |
1696 | /// The conversion does not do a translation from float to integer, it just |
1697 | /// re-interprets the bits of the float. |
1698 | static APInt floatToBits(float V) { |
1699 | return APInt(sizeof(float) * CHAR_BIT8, llvm::bit_cast<uint32_t>(V)); |
1700 | } |
1701 | |
1702 | /// @} |
1703 | /// \name Mathematics Operations |
1704 | /// @{ |
1705 | |
1706 | /// \returns the floor log base 2 of this APInt. |
1707 | unsigned logBase2() const { return getActiveBits() - 1; } |
1708 | |
1709 | /// \returns the ceil log base 2 of this APInt. |
1710 | unsigned ceilLogBase2() const { |
1711 | APInt temp(*this); |
1712 | --temp; |
1713 | return temp.getActiveBits(); |
1714 | } |
1715 | |
1716 | /// \returns the nearest log base 2 of this APInt. Ties round up. |
1717 | /// |
1718 | /// NOTE: When we have a BitWidth of 1, we define: |
1719 | /// |
1720 | /// log2(0) = UINT32_MAX |
1721 | /// log2(1) = 0 |
1722 | /// |
1723 | /// to get around any mathematical concerns resulting from |
1724 | /// referencing 2 in a space where 2 does no exist. |
1725 | unsigned nearestLogBase2() const; |
1726 | |
1727 | /// \returns the log base 2 of this APInt if its an exact power of two, -1 |
1728 | /// otherwise |
1729 | int32_t exactLogBase2() const { |
1730 | if (!isPowerOf2()) |
1731 | return -1; |
1732 | return logBase2(); |
1733 | } |
1734 | |
1735 | /// Compute the square root. |
1736 | APInt sqrt() const; |
1737 | |
1738 | /// Get the absolute value. If *this is < 0 then return -(*this), otherwise |
1739 | /// *this. Note that the "most negative" signed number (e.g. -128 for 8 bit |
1740 | /// wide APInt) is unchanged due to how negation works. |
1741 | APInt abs() const { |
1742 | if (isNegative()) |
1743 | return -(*this); |
1744 | return *this; |
1745 | } |
1746 | |
1747 | /// \returns the multiplicative inverse for a given modulo. |
1748 | APInt multiplicativeInverse(const APInt &modulo) const; |
1749 | |
1750 | /// @} |
1751 | /// \name Building-block Operations for APInt and APFloat |
1752 | /// @{ |
1753 | |
1754 | // These building block operations operate on a representation of arbitrary |
1755 | // precision, two's-complement, bignum integer values. They should be |
1756 | // sufficient to implement APInt and APFloat bignum requirements. Inputs are |
1757 | // generally a pointer to the base of an array of integer parts, representing |
1758 | // an unsigned bignum, and a count of how many parts there are. |
1759 | |
1760 | /// Sets the least significant part of a bignum to the input value, and zeroes |
1761 | /// out higher parts. |
1762 | static void tcSet(WordType *, WordType, unsigned); |
1763 | |
1764 | /// Assign one bignum to another. |
1765 | static void tcAssign(WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned); |
1766 | |
1767 | /// Returns true if a bignum is zero, false otherwise. |
1768 | static bool tcIsZero(const WordType *, unsigned); |
1769 | |
1770 | /// Extract the given bit of a bignum; returns 0 or 1. Zero-based. |
1771 | static int tcExtractBit(const WordType *, unsigned bit); |
1772 | |
1773 | /// Copy the bit vector of width srcBITS from SRC, starting at bit srcLSB, to |
1774 | /// DST, of dstCOUNT parts, such that the bit srcLSB becomes the least |
1775 | /// significant bit of DST. All high bits above srcBITS in DST are |
1776 | /// zero-filled. |
1777 | static void tcExtract(WordType *, unsigned dstCount, const WordType *, |
1778 | unsigned srcBits, unsigned srcLSB); |
1779 | |
1780 | /// Set the given bit of a bignum. Zero-based. |
1781 | static void tcSetBit(WordType *, unsigned bit); |
1782 | |
1783 | /// Clear the given bit of a bignum. Zero-based. |
1784 | static void tcClearBit(WordType *, unsigned bit); |
1785 | |
1786 | /// Returns the bit number of the least or most significant set bit of a |
1787 | /// number. If the input number has no bits set -1U is returned. |
1788 | static unsigned tcLSB(const WordType *, unsigned n); |
1789 | static unsigned tcMSB(const WordType *parts, unsigned n); |
1790 | |
1791 | /// Negate a bignum in-place. |
1792 | static void tcNegate(WordType *, unsigned); |
1793 | |
1794 | /// DST += RHS + CARRY where CARRY is zero or one. Returns the carry flag. |
1795 | static WordType tcAdd(WordType *, const WordType *, WordType carry, unsigned); |
1796 | /// DST += RHS. Returns the carry flag. |
1797 | static WordType tcAddPart(WordType *, WordType, unsigned); |
1798 | |
1799 | /// DST -= RHS + CARRY where CARRY is zero or one. Returns the carry flag. |
1800 | static WordType tcSubtract(WordType *, const WordType *, WordType carry, |
1801 | unsigned); |
1802 | /// DST -= RHS. Returns the carry flag. |
1803 | static WordType tcSubtractPart(WordType *, WordType, unsigned); |
1804 | |
1805 | /// DST += SRC * MULTIPLIER + PART if add is true |
1806 | /// DST = SRC * MULTIPLIER + PART if add is false |
1807 | /// |
1808 | /// Requires 0 <= DSTPARTS <= SRCPARTS + 1. If DST overlaps SRC they must |
1809 | /// start at the same point, i.e. DST == SRC. |
1810 | /// |
1811 | /// If DSTPARTS == SRC_PARTS + 1 no overflow occurs and zero is returned. |
1812 | /// Otherwise DST is filled with the least significant DSTPARTS parts of the |
1813 | /// result, and if all of the omitted higher parts were zero return zero, |
1814 | /// otherwise overflow occurred and return one. |
1815 | static int tcMultiplyPart(WordType *dst, const WordType *src, |
1816 | WordType multiplier, WordType carry, |
1817 | unsigned srcParts, unsigned dstParts, bool add); |
1818 | |
1819 | /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has the same width as the operands and is |
1820 | /// filled with the least significant parts of the result. Returns one if |
1821 | /// overflow occurred, otherwise zero. DST must be disjoint from both |
1822 | /// operands. |
1823 | static int tcMultiply(WordType *, const WordType *, const WordType *, |
1824 | unsigned); |
1825 | |
1826 | /// DST = LHS * RHS, where DST has width the sum of the widths of the |
1827 | /// operands. No overflow occurs. DST must be disjoint from both operands. |
1828 | static void tcFullMultiply(WordType *, const WordType *, const WordType *, |
1829 | unsigned, unsigned); |
1830 | |
1831 | /// If RHS is zero LHS and REMAINDER are left unchanged, return one. |
1832 | /// Otherwise set LHS to LHS / RHS with the fractional part discarded, set |
1833 | /// REMAINDER to the remainder, return zero. i.e. |
1834 | /// |
1835 | /// OLD_LHS = RHS * LHS + REMAINDER |
1836 | /// |
1837 | /// SCRATCH is a bignum of the same size as the operands and result for use by |
1838 | /// the routine; its contents need not be initialized and are destroyed. LHS, |
1839 | /// REMAINDER and SCRATCH must be distinct. |
1840 | static int tcDivide(WordType *lhs, const WordType *rhs, WordType *remainder, |
1841 | WordType *scratch, unsigned parts); |
1842 | |
1843 | /// Shift a bignum left Count bits. Shifted in bits are zero. There are no |
1844 | /// restrictions on Count. |
1845 | static void tcShiftLeft(WordType *, unsigned Words, unsigned Count); |
1846 | |
1847 | /// Shift a bignum right Count bits. Shifted in bits are zero. There are no |
1848 | /// restrictions on Count. |
1849 | static void tcShiftRight(WordType *, unsigned Words, unsigned Count); |
1850 | |
1851 | /// Comparison (unsigned) of two bignums. |
1852 | static int tcCompare(const WordType *, const WordType *, unsigned); |
1853 | |
1854 | /// Increment a bignum in-place. Return the carry flag. |
1855 | static WordType tcIncrement(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) { |
1856 | return tcAddPart(dst, 1, parts); |
1857 | } |
1858 | |
1859 | /// Decrement a bignum in-place. Return the borrow flag. |
1860 | static WordType tcDecrement(WordType *dst, unsigned parts) { |
1861 | return tcSubtractPart(dst, 1, parts); |
1862 | } |
1863 | |
1864 | /// Used to insert APInt objects, or objects that contain APInt objects, into |
1865 | /// FoldingSets. |
1866 | void Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &id) const; |
1867 | |
1868 | /// debug method |
1869 | void dump() const; |
1870 | |
1871 | /// Returns whether this instance allocated memory. |
1872 | bool needsCleanup() const { return !isSingleWord(); } |
1873 | |
1874 | private: |
1875 | /// This union is used to store the integer value. When the |
1876 | /// integer bit-width <= 64, it uses VAL, otherwise it uses pVal. |
1877 | union { |
1878 | uint64_t VAL; ///< Used to store the <= 64 bits integer value. |
1879 | uint64_t *pVal; ///< Used to store the >64 bits integer value. |
1880 | } U; |
1881 | |
1882 | unsigned BitWidth = 1; ///< The number of bits in this APInt. |
1883 | |
1884 | friend struct DenseMapInfo<APInt, void>; |
1885 | friend class APSInt; |
1886 | |
1887 | /// This constructor is used only internally for speed of construction of |
1888 | /// temporaries. It is unsafe since it takes ownership of the pointer, so it |
1889 | /// is not public. |
1890 | APInt(uint64_t *val, unsigned bits) : BitWidth(bits) { U.pVal = val; } |
1891 | |
1892 | /// Determine which word a bit is in. |
1893 | /// |
1894 | /// \returns the word position for the specified bit position. |
1895 | static unsigned whichWord(unsigned bitPosition) { |
1896 | return bitPosition / APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; |
1897 | } |
1898 | |
1899 | /// Determine which bit in a word the specified bit position is in. |
1900 | static unsigned whichBit(unsigned bitPosition) { |
1901 | return bitPosition % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD; |
1902 | } |
1903 | |
1904 | /// Get a single bit mask. |
1905 | /// |
1906 | /// \returns a uint64_t with only bit at "whichBit(bitPosition)" set |
1907 | /// This method generates and returns a uint64_t (word) mask for a single |
1908 | /// bit at a specific bit position. This is used to mask the bit in the |
1909 | /// corresponding word. |
1910 | static uint64_t maskBit(unsigned bitPosition) { |
1911 | return 1ULL << whichBit(bitPosition); |
1912 | } |
1913 | |
1914 | /// Clear unused high order bits |
1915 | /// |
1916 | /// This method is used internally to clear the top "N" bits in the high order |
1917 | /// word that are not used by the APInt. This is needed after the most |
1918 | /// significant word is assigned a value to ensure that those bits are |
1919 | /// zero'd out. |
1920 | APInt &clearUnusedBits() { |
1921 | // Compute how many bits are used in the final word. |
1922 | unsigned WordBits = ((BitWidth - 1) % APINT_BITS_PER_WORD) + 1; |
1923 | |
1924 | // Mask out the high bits. |
1925 | uint64_t mask = WORDTYPE_MAX >> (APINT_BITS_PER_WORD - WordBits); |
1926 | if (LLVM_UNLIKELY(BitWidth == 0)__builtin_expect((bool)(BitWidth == 0), false)) |
1927 | mask = 0; |
1928 | |
1929 | if (isSingleWord()) |
1930 | U.VAL &= mask; |
1931 | else |
1932 | U.pVal[getNumWords() - 1] &= mask; |
1933 | return *this; |
1934 | } |
1935 | |
1936 | /// Get the word corresponding to a bit position |
1937 | /// \returns the corresponding word for the specified bit position. |
1938 | uint64_t getWord(unsigned bitPosition) const { |
1939 | return isSingleWord() ? U.VAL : U.pVal[whichWord(bitPosition)]; |
1940 | } |
1941 | |
1942 | /// Utility method to change the bit width of this APInt to new bit width, |
1943 | /// allocating and/or deallocating as necessary. There is no guarantee on the |
1944 | /// value of any bits upon return. Caller should populate the bits after. |
1945 | void reallocate(unsigned NewBitWidth); |
1946 | |
1947 | /// Convert a char array into an APInt |
1948 | /// |
1949 | /// \param radix 2, 8, 10, 16, or 36 |
1950 | /// Converts a string into a number. The string must be non-empty |
1951 | /// and well-formed as a number of the given base. The bit-width |
1952 | /// must be sufficient to hold the result. |
1953 | /// |
1954 | /// This is used by the constructors that take string arguments. |
1955 | /// |
1956 | /// StringRef::getAsInteger is superficially similar but (1) does |
1957 | /// not assume that the string is well-formed and (2) grows the |
1958 | /// result to hold the input. |
1959 | void fromString(unsigned numBits, StringRef str, uint8_t radix); |
1960 | |
1961 | /// An internal division function for dividing APInts. |
1962 | /// |
1963 | /// This is used by the toString method to divide by the radix. It simply |
1964 | /// provides a more convenient form of divide for internal use since KnuthDiv |
1965 | /// has specific constraints on its inputs. If those constraints are not met |
1966 | /// then it provides a simpler form of divide. |
1967 | static void divide(const WordType *LHS, unsigned lhsWords, |
1968 | const WordType *RHS, unsigned rhsWords, WordType *Quotient, |
1969 | WordType *Remainder); |
1970 | |
1971 | /// out-of-line slow case for inline constructor |
1972 | void initSlowCase(uint64_t val, bool isSigned); |
1973 | |
1974 | /// shared code between two array constructors |
1975 | void initFromArray(ArrayRef<uint64_t> array); |
1976 | |
1977 | /// out-of-line slow case for inline copy constructor |
1978 | void initSlowCase(const APInt &that); |
1979 | |
1980 | /// out-of-line slow case for shl |
1981 | void shlSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt); |
1982 | |
1983 | /// out-of-line slow case for lshr. |
1984 | void lshrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt); |
1985 | |
1986 | /// out-of-line slow case for ashr. |
1987 | void ashrSlowCase(unsigned ShiftAmt); |
1988 | |
1989 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator= |
1990 | void assignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS); |
1991 | |
1992 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator== |
1993 | bool equalSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
1994 | |
1995 | /// out-of-line slow case for countLeadingZeros |
1996 | unsigned countLeadingZerosSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
1997 | |
1998 | /// out-of-line slow case for countLeadingOnes. |
1999 | unsigned countLeadingOnesSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2000 | |
2001 | /// out-of-line slow case for countTrailingZeros. |
2002 | unsigned countTrailingZerosSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2003 | |
2004 | /// out-of-line slow case for countTrailingOnes |
2005 | unsigned countTrailingOnesSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2006 | |
2007 | /// out-of-line slow case for countPopulation |
2008 | unsigned countPopulationSlowCase() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2009 | |
2010 | /// out-of-line slow case for intersects. |
2011 | bool intersectsSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2012 | |
2013 | /// out-of-line slow case for isSubsetOf. |
2014 | bool isSubsetOfSlowCase(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2015 | |
2016 | /// out-of-line slow case for setBits. |
2017 | void setBitsSlowCase(unsigned loBit, unsigned hiBit); |
2018 | |
2019 | /// out-of-line slow case for flipAllBits. |
2020 | void flipAllBitsSlowCase(); |
2021 | |
2022 | /// out-of-line slow case for concat. |
2023 | APInt concatSlowCase(const APInt &NewLSB) const; |
2024 | |
2025 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator&=. |
2026 | void andAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS); |
2027 | |
2028 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator|=. |
2029 | void orAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS); |
2030 | |
2031 | /// out-of-line slow case for operator^=. |
2032 | void xorAssignSlowCase(const APInt &RHS); |
2033 | |
2034 | /// Unsigned comparison. Returns -1, 0, or 1 if this APInt is less than, equal |
2035 | /// to, or greater than RHS. |
2036 | int compare(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2037 | |
2038 | /// Signed comparison. Returns -1, 0, or 1 if this APInt is less than, equal |
2039 | /// to, or greater than RHS. |
2040 | int compareSigned(const APInt &RHS) const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2041 | |
2042 | /// @} |
2043 | }; |
2044 | |
2045 | inline bool operator==(uint64_t V1, const APInt &V2) { return V2 == V1; } |
2046 | |
2047 | inline bool operator!=(uint64_t V1, const APInt &V2) { return V2 != V1; } |
2048 | |
2049 | /// Unary bitwise complement operator. |
2050 | /// |
2051 | /// \returns an APInt that is the bitwise complement of \p v. |
2052 | inline APInt operator~(APInt v) { |
2053 | v.flipAllBits(); |
2054 | return v; |
2055 | } |
2056 | |
2057 | inline APInt operator&(APInt a, const APInt &b) { |
2058 | a &= b; |
2059 | return a; |
2060 | } |
2061 | |
2062 | inline APInt operator&(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { |
2063 | b &= a; |
2064 | return std::move(b); |
2065 | } |
2066 | |
2067 | inline APInt operator&(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { |
2068 | a &= RHS; |
2069 | return a; |
2070 | } |
2071 | |
2072 | inline APInt operator&(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { |
2073 | b &= LHS; |
2074 | return b; |
2075 | } |
2076 | |
2077 | inline APInt operator|(APInt a, const APInt &b) { |
2078 | a |= b; |
2079 | return a; |
2080 | } |
2081 | |
2082 | inline APInt operator|(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { |
2083 | b |= a; |
2084 | return std::move(b); |
2085 | } |
2086 | |
2087 | inline APInt operator|(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { |
2088 | a |= RHS; |
2089 | return a; |
2090 | } |
2091 | |
2092 | inline APInt operator|(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { |
2093 | b |= LHS; |
2094 | return b; |
2095 | } |
2096 | |
2097 | inline APInt operator^(APInt a, const APInt &b) { |
2098 | a ^= b; |
2099 | return a; |
2100 | } |
2101 | |
2102 | inline APInt operator^(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { |
2103 | b ^= a; |
2104 | return std::move(b); |
2105 | } |
2106 | |
2107 | inline APInt operator^(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { |
2108 | a ^= RHS; |
2109 | return a; |
2110 | } |
2111 | |
2112 | inline APInt operator^(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { |
2113 | b ^= LHS; |
2114 | return b; |
2115 | } |
2116 | |
2117 | inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const APInt &I) { |
2118 | I.print(OS, true); |
2119 | return OS; |
2120 | } |
2121 | |
2122 | inline APInt operator-(APInt v) { |
2123 | v.negate(); |
2124 | return v; |
2125 | } |
2126 | |
2127 | inline APInt operator+(APInt a, const APInt &b) { |
2128 | a += b; |
2129 | return a; |
2130 | } |
2131 | |
2132 | inline APInt operator+(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { |
2133 | b += a; |
2134 | return std::move(b); |
2135 | } |
2136 | |
2137 | inline APInt operator+(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { |
2138 | a += RHS; |
2139 | return a; |
2140 | } |
2141 | |
2142 | inline APInt operator+(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { |
2143 | b += LHS; |
2144 | return b; |
2145 | } |
2146 | |
2147 | inline APInt operator-(APInt a, const APInt &b) { |
2148 | a -= b; |
2149 | return a; |
2150 | } |
2151 | |
2152 | inline APInt operator-(const APInt &a, APInt &&b) { |
2153 | b.negate(); |
2154 | b += a; |
2155 | return std::move(b); |
2156 | } |
2157 | |
2158 | inline APInt operator-(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { |
2159 | a -= RHS; |
2160 | return a; |
2161 | } |
2162 | |
2163 | inline APInt operator-(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { |
2164 | b.negate(); |
2165 | b += LHS; |
2166 | return b; |
2167 | } |
2168 | |
2169 | inline APInt operator*(APInt a, uint64_t RHS) { |
2170 | a *= RHS; |
2171 | return a; |
2172 | } |
2173 | |
2174 | inline APInt operator*(uint64_t LHS, APInt b) { |
2175 | b *= LHS; |
2176 | return b; |
2177 | } |
2178 | |
2179 | namespace APIntOps { |
2180 | |
2181 | /// Determine the smaller of two APInts considered to be signed. |
2182 | inline const APInt &smin(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { |
2183 | return A.slt(B) ? A : B; |
2184 | } |
2185 | |
2186 | /// Determine the larger of two APInts considered to be signed. |
2187 | inline const APInt &smax(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { |
2188 | return A.sgt(B) ? A : B; |
2189 | } |
2190 | |
2191 | /// Determine the smaller of two APInts considered to be unsigned. |
2192 | inline const APInt &umin(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { |
2193 | return A.ult(B) ? A : B; |
2194 | } |
2195 | |
2196 | /// Determine the larger of two APInts considered to be unsigned. |
2197 | inline const APInt &umax(const APInt &A, const APInt &B) { |
2198 | return A.ugt(B) ? A : B; |
2199 | } |
2200 | |
2201 | /// Compute GCD of two unsigned APInt values. |
2202 | /// |
2203 | /// This function returns the greatest common divisor of the two APInt values |
2204 | /// using Stein's algorithm. |
2205 | /// |
2206 | /// \returns the greatest common divisor of A and B. |
2207 | APInt GreatestCommonDivisor(APInt A, APInt B); |
2208 | |
2209 | /// Converts the given APInt to a double value. |
2210 | /// |
2211 | /// Treats the APInt as an unsigned value for conversion purposes. |
2212 | inline double RoundAPIntToDouble(const APInt &APIVal) { |
2213 | return APIVal.roundToDouble(); |
2214 | } |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Converts the given APInt to a double value. |
2217 | /// |
2218 | /// Treats the APInt as a signed value for conversion purposes. |
2219 | inline double RoundSignedAPIntToDouble(const APInt &APIVal) { |
2220 | return APIVal.signedRoundToDouble(); |
2221 | } |
2222 | |
2223 | /// Converts the given APInt to a float value. |
2224 | inline float RoundAPIntToFloat(const APInt &APIVal) { |
2225 | return float(RoundAPIntToDouble(APIVal)); |
2226 | } |
2227 | |
2228 | /// Converts the given APInt to a float value. |
2229 | /// |
2230 | /// Treats the APInt as a signed value for conversion purposes. |
2231 | inline float RoundSignedAPIntToFloat(const APInt &APIVal) { |
2232 | return float(APIVal.signedRoundToDouble()); |
2233 | } |
2234 | |
2235 | /// Converts the given double value into a APInt. |
2236 | /// |
2237 | /// This function convert a double value to an APInt value. |
2238 | APInt RoundDoubleToAPInt(double Double, unsigned width); |
2239 | |
2240 | /// Converts a float value into a APInt. |
2241 | /// |
2242 | /// Converts a float value into an APInt value. |
2243 | inline APInt RoundFloatToAPInt(float Float, unsigned width) { |
2244 | return RoundDoubleToAPInt(double(Float), width); |
2245 | } |
2246 | |
2247 | /// Return A unsign-divided by B, rounded by the given rounding mode. |
2248 | APInt RoundingUDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, APInt::Rounding RM); |
2249 | |
2250 | /// Return A sign-divided by B, rounded by the given rounding mode. |
2251 | APInt RoundingSDiv(const APInt &A, const APInt &B, APInt::Rounding RM); |
2252 | |
2253 | /// Let q(n) = An^2 + Bn + C, and BW = bit width of the value range |
2254 | /// (e.g. 32 for i32). |
2255 | /// This function finds the smallest number n, such that |
2256 | /// (a) n >= 0 and q(n) = 0, or |
2257 | /// (b) n >= 1 and q(n-1) and q(n), when evaluated in the set of all |
2258 | /// integers, belong to two different intervals [Rk, Rk+R), |
2259 | /// where R = 2^BW, and k is an integer. |
2260 | /// The idea here is to find when q(n) "overflows" 2^BW, while at the |
2261 | /// same time "allowing" subtraction. In unsigned modulo arithmetic a |
2262 | /// subtraction (treated as addition of negated numbers) would always |
2263 | /// count as an overflow, but here we want to allow values to decrease |
2264 | /// and increase as long as they are within the same interval. |
2265 | /// Specifically, adding of two negative numbers should not cause an |
2266 | /// overflow (as long as the magnitude does not exceed the bit width). |
2267 | /// On the other hand, given a positive number, adding a negative |
2268 | /// number to it can give a negative result, which would cause the |
2269 | /// value to go from [-2^BW, 0) to [0, 2^BW). In that sense, zero is |
2270 | /// treated as a special case of an overflow. |
2271 | /// |
2272 | /// This function returns std::nullopt if after finding k that minimizes the |
2273 | /// positive solution to q(n) = kR, both solutions are contained between |
2274 | /// two consecutive integers. |
2275 | /// |
2276 | /// There are cases where q(n) > T, and q(n+1) < T (assuming evaluation |
2277 | /// in arithmetic modulo 2^BW, and treating the values as signed) by the |
2278 | /// virtue of *signed* overflow. This function will *not* find such an n, |
2279 | /// however it may find a value of n satisfying the inequalities due to |
2280 | /// an *unsigned* overflow (if the values are treated as unsigned). |
2281 | /// To find a solution for a signed overflow, treat it as a problem of |
2282 | /// finding an unsigned overflow with a range with of BW-1. |
2283 | /// |
2284 | /// The returned value may have a different bit width from the input |
2285 | /// coefficients. |
2286 | std::optional<APInt> SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(APInt A, APInt B, APInt C, |
2287 | unsigned RangeWidth); |
2288 | |
2289 | /// Compare two values, and if they are different, return the position of the |
2290 | /// most significant bit that is different in the values. |
2291 | std::optional<unsigned> GetMostSignificantDifferentBit(const APInt &A, |
2292 | const APInt &B); |
2293 | |
2294 | /// Splat/Merge neighboring bits to widen/narrow the bitmask represented |
2295 | /// by \param A to \param NewBitWidth bits. |
2296 | /// |
2297 | /// MatchAnyBits: (Default) |
2298 | /// e.g. ScaleBitMask(0b0101, 8) -> 0b00110011 |
2299 | /// e.g. ScaleBitMask(0b00011011, 4) -> 0b0111 |
2300 | /// |
2301 | /// MatchAllBits: |
2302 | /// e.g. ScaleBitMask(0b0101, 8) -> 0b00110011 |
2303 | /// e.g. ScaleBitMask(0b00011011, 4) -> 0b0001 |
2304 | /// A.getBitwidth() or NewBitWidth must be a whole multiples of the other. |
2305 | APInt ScaleBitMask(const APInt &A, unsigned NewBitWidth, |
2306 | bool MatchAllBits = false); |
2307 | } // namespace APIntOps |
2308 | |
2309 | // See friend declaration above. This additional declaration is required in |
2310 | // order to compile LLVM with IBM xlC compiler. |
2311 | hash_code hash_value(const APInt &Arg); |
2312 | |
2313 | /// StoreIntToMemory - Fills the StoreBytes bytes of memory starting from Dst |
2314 | /// with the integer held in IntVal. |
2315 | void StoreIntToMemory(const APInt &IntVal, uint8_t *Dst, unsigned StoreBytes); |
2316 | |
2317 | /// LoadIntFromMemory - Loads the integer stored in the LoadBytes bytes starting |
2318 | /// from Src into IntVal, which is assumed to be wide enough and to hold zero. |
2319 | void LoadIntFromMemory(APInt &IntVal, const uint8_t *Src, unsigned LoadBytes); |
2320 | |
2321 | /// Provide DenseMapInfo for APInt. |
2322 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<APInt, void> { |
2323 | static inline APInt getEmptyKey() { |
2324 | APInt V(nullptr, 0); |
2325 | V.U.VAL = ~0ULL; |
2326 | return V; |
2327 | } |
2328 | |
2329 | static inline APInt getTombstoneKey() { |
2330 | APInt V(nullptr, 0); |
2331 | V.U.VAL = ~1ULL; |
2332 | return V; |
2333 | } |
2334 | |
2335 | static unsigned getHashValue(const APInt &Key); |
2336 | |
2337 | static bool isEqual(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) { |
2338 | return LHS.getBitWidth() == RHS.getBitWidth() && LHS == RHS; |
2339 | } |
2340 | }; |
2341 | |
2342 | } // namespace llvm |
2343 | |
2344 | #endif |